UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2008

 

Or

 

o

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the transition period from                to                   

 

Commission File Number: 000-51315

 

CITI TRENDS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

52-2150697

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

 

 

104 Coleman Boulevard, Savannah, Georgia

 

31408

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code   (912) 236-1561

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange
on which registered

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value

 

NASDAQ Stock Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes 
o    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
Yes 
o    No  x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes  x    No  o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,”  “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   o

Accelerated filer   x

Non-accelerated filer   o   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Smaller reporting company   o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes  o    No  x

 

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter: $326,542,472 at August 3, 2007.

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 14,087,491 shares outstanding as of March 31, 2008.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Part III incorporates information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the registrant’s fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, with respect to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on May 28, 2008.

 



 

FORM 10-K REPORT INDEX

 

Table of Contents

10-K Part and Item No.

 

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

15

Item 2.

Properties

16

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

17

Item 4.

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

17

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

18

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

20

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

22

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

32

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

32

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

32

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

32

Item 9B.

Other Information

33

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

34

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

34

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

34

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

34

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

35

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

36

 

2



 

PART I

 

Some statements in, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) of Citi Trends, Inc. (“we”, “us”, or the “Company”) may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements other than historical facts contained in this report, including statements regarding our future financial position, business policy and plans and objectives and expectations of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “could,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” “plan,” “project” and similar expressions, as they relate to us, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events, including, among other things: implementation of our growth strategy; our ability to anticipate and respond to fashion trends; competition in our markets; consumer spending patterns; actions of our competitors or anchor tenants in the strip shopping centers where our stores are located; and anticipated fluctuations in our operating results.

 

These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in Item 1A Risk Factors and elsewhere in this Report and the other documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including our reports on Form 8-K and Form 10-Q, and any amendments thereto. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of such statements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this Report, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Information is provided herein with respect to our operations related to our fiscal years ended on February 2, 2008 (“fiscal 2007”), February 3, 2007 (“fiscal 2006”) and January 28, 2006 (“fiscal 2005”).

 

ITEM 1.          BUSINESS

 

Overview and History

 

We are a rapidly growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel and accessories for the entire family. We offer quality, branded products from nationally recognized brands, as well as private label products and a limited assortment of home décor items. Our merchandise offerings are designed to appeal to the preferences of fashion conscious consumers, particularly African-Americans. We believe that we provide merchandise at compelling values. Our goal is to provide nationally recognized branded merchandise at 20% to 60% discounts to department and specialty stores’ regular prices. Our stores average approximately 9,900 square feet of selling space and are typically located in neighborhood shopping centers that are convenient to low- to moderate-income customers. Originally our stores were located in the Southeast, and in recent years were expanded into the Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions as well as the state of Texas. In fiscal 2007 we opened 42 new stores and entered the states of Illinois, Michigan, Oklahoma and Wisconsin.  As of February 2, 2008, we operated 319 stores in both urban and rural markets in 20 states.

 

Our predecessor, Allied Department Stores, was founded in 1946 and grew into a chain of family apparel stores operating in the Southeast. In 1999, the Company’s chain of stores, then consisting of 85 stores throughout the Southeast, was acquired by Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., a private equity firm. Following the acquisition by Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., management implemented several strategies to refocus us on the growing urban market and improve our operating and financial performance. After the successful implementation of these strategies and the successful growth of our chain from 85 stores to 212 stores, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock on May 18, 2005.

 

Our executive offices are located at 104 Coleman Boulevard, Savannah, Georgia 31408 and our telephone number is (912) 236-1561. Our Internet address is http://www.cititrends.com. The reference to our web site address in this report does not constitute the incorporation by reference of the information contained at the web site in this report. We make available, free of charge through publication on our web site, copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we have filed such materials with, or furnished such materials to, the SEC. In addition, you may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov, and you may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

 

3



 

Company Strengths and Strategies

 

Our goal is to be the leading value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel and accessories. We believe the following business strengths differentiate us from our competitors and are important to our success:

 

Focus on Urban Fashion Mix. We focus our merchandise on urban fashions, which we believe appeals to our core customers. We do not attempt to dictate trends, but rather devote considerable effort to identifying emerging trends and ensuring that our apparel assortment is considered timely and fashionable in the urban market. Our merchandising staff tests new merchandise before reordering and actively manages the mix of brands and products in the stores to keep our offering fresh and minimize markdowns.

 

Superior Value Proposition. As a value-priced retailer, we seek to offer top quality, fashionable merchandise at compelling prices. We seek to provide nationally recognized brands at 20% to 60% discounts to department and specialty stores’ regular prices. We also offer products under our proprietary brands such as “Citi Steps™,” “Diva Blue™,” “Red Ape™,” and “Urban Sophistication™.” These private labels enable us to expand our product selection, offer fashion merchandise at lower prices and enhance our product offerings.

 

Merchandise Mix that Appeals to the Entire Family. We merchandise our stores to create a destination environment capable of meeting the fashion needs of the entire value-conscious family. Each store offers a wide variety of products for men and women, as well as infants, toddlers, boys and girls. Our stores feature sportswear, dresses, plus-sized apparel, outerwear, footwear and accessories, as well as a limited assortment of home décor items. We believe that the breadth of our merchandise distinguishes our stores from many competitors that offer urban apparel primarily for women, and reduces our exposure to fashion trends and demand cycles in any single category.

 

Strong and Flexible Sourcing Relationships. We maintain strong sourcing relationships with a large group of suppliers. We have purchased merchandise from more than 1,200 vendors in the past 12 months. Purchasing is controlled by a 25-plus member buying team located at our Savannah, Georgia headquarters and our buying offices in Los Angeles, California and New York, New York, that has on average more than 20 years of retail experience. We purchase merchandise through planned programs with vendors at reduced prices and opportunistically through close-outs, with the majority of our merchandise purchased for the current season and a limited quantity held for sale in future seasons. To foster vendor relationships, we pay vendors promptly and do not ask for typical retail concessions such as promotional and markdown allowances or delivery concessions such as drop shipments to stores.

 

Attractive Fashion Presentation and Store Environment. We seek to provide a fashion-focused shopping environment that is similar to a specialty apparel retailer, rather than a typical off-price store. Products from nationally recognized brands are prominently displayed by brand, rather than by size, on dedicated, four-way fixtures featuring multiple sizes and styles. The remaining merchandise is arranged on hanging racks. The stores are carpeted and well-lit, with most featuring a sound system that plays urban adult and urban contemporary music throughout the store. Nearly all of our stores have either been opened or remodeled in the past eight years.

 

Highly Profitable Store Model. We operate a proven and efficient store model that delivers strong cash flow and store level return on investment. We locate stores in high traffic strip shopping centers that are convenient to low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. We generally utilize previously occupied store sites which enables us to obtain attractive rents for our store sites. Similarly, advertising expenses are low as we do not rely on promotion-driven sales but rather seek to build our reputation for value through everyday low prices. At the same time, from an investment perspective, we seek to design stores that are inviting and easy to shop, while limiting startup and fixturing costs. As a result, our stores have generated rapid payback of investments, typically within 12 to 14 months.

 

Product Merchandising and Pricing

 

Products. Our merchandising policy is to offer high quality, branded products at attractive prices for the entire value-conscious family. We seek to maintain a diverse assortment of first quality, in-season merchandise that appeals to the distinctive tastes and preferences of our core customers. Approximately 47% of our net sales are represented by nationally recognized brands that we purchase from approximately 30 to 50 vendors. We also offer a wide variety of products from less recognized brands and a lesser amount representing private label products under our proprietary brands such as  “Citi Steps™,” “Diva Blue™,” “Red Ape™,” and “Urban Sophistication™.” Our private label products enable us to expand product selection, offer merchandise at lower prices and enhance our product offerings.

 

Our merchandise includes apparel, accessories and home décor. Within apparel, we offer men’s, women’s, which includes dresses, sportswear and plus-sized offerings, and children’s, which includes offerings for infants, toddlers, boys and girls. We also offer accessories, which includes intimate apparel, handbags, hats, jewelry, footwear, toys, belts and sleepwear, as well as a limited assortment of home décor, which includes giftware, lamps, pictures, mirrors and figurines.

 

4



 

The following table sets forth the merchandise assortment by classification as a percentage of net sales for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.

 

 

 

Percentage of
Net Sales

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Women’s

 

35%

 

36%

 

38%

 

Children’s

 

27%

 

26%

 

25%

 

Men’s

 

22%

 

22%

 

22%

 

Accessories

 

14%

 

14%

 

13%

 

Home décor

 

2%

 

2%

 

2%

 

 

Pricing. We purchase our merchandise at attractive prices and mark prices up less than department or specialty stores. We seek to provide nationally recognized brands at prices 20% to 60% below regular retail prices available in department stores and specialty stores, and to provide a product offering that validates both our value and fashion positioning to our consumers. We also consider the price-to-value relationships of our non-branded products to be strong. Our basic pricing strategy is everyday low prices. The discount from the suggested retail price is usually reflected on the price tag. We review each department in our stores at least monthly for possible markdowns based on sales rates and fashion seasons to promote faster turnover of inventory and to accelerate the flow of current merchandise.

 

Sourcing and Allocation

 

The merchandising department oversees the sourcing and allocation of merchandise to our stores, which allows us to utilize volume purchase discounts and maintain control over our inventory. We source our merchandise from over 1,200 vendors, consisting of domestic manufacturers and importers. Our Chief Merchandising Officer supervises a planning and allocation team consisting of nearly 30 associates, as well as a buying team, which is comprised of three merchandise managers and approximately 25 buyers.

 

Our buyers have on average more than 20 years of experience in the retail business and have developed long-standing relationships with many of our vendors, including those controlling the distribution of branded apparel. Our buyers, who are based in Savannah, Los Angeles and New York, travel regularly to the major United States apparel markets, visiting major manufacturers and attending national and regional apparel trade shows, including urban-focused trade shows.

 

Our buyers purchase merchandise in styles, sizes and quantities to meet inventory levels developed by the planning staff. We work closely with our suppliers and are able to differentiate ourselves by our willingness to purchase less than a full assortment of styles, colors and sizes and by our policy of paying promptly and not asking for typical retail concessions, such as promotional and markdown allowances. The purchasing department utilizes several buying techniques that enable us to offer to consumers branded and other merchandise at everyday low prices. The majority of the nationally recognized branded products we sell are purchased in-season and represent vendors’ excess inventories resulting from production or retailer order cancellations. We generally purchase later in the merchandising buying cycle than department and specialty stores. This allows us to take advantage of imbalances between retailers’ demands for specific merchandise and manufacturers’ supply of that merchandise. We also purchase merchandise from some vendors in advance of the selling season at reduced prices. We purchase merchandise on an opportunistic basis, which we then store as “pack and hold” for sale three to nine months later. Where possible, we seek to purchase items based on style or color in limited quantities on a test basis with the right to reorder as needed. Finally, we purchase private label merchandise that we source to our specifications.

 

We allocate merchandise across our store base according to store-level demand. The merchandising staff utilizes a centralized management system to monitor merchandise purchasing, allocation and sales in order to maximize inventory turnover, identify and respond to changing product demands and determine the timing of mark-downs to our merchandise. The buyers also regularly review the age and condition of the merchandise and manage both the reordering and clearance processes. In addition, the merchandising team communicates with regional, district and store managers to ascertain regional and store-level conditions and to better ensure that our product mix meets our consumers’ demands in terms of quality, fashion, price and availability.

 

We accept payment from our customers for merchandise at time of sale. Payments are made to us by cash, check, Visa™ or Mastercard™. We do not extend credit terms to our customers.

 

5



 

Seasonality

 

The nature of our business is seasonal. Historically, sales in the first and fourth quarters have been higher than sales achieved in the second and third quarters of the fiscal year. Expenses, and to a greater extent operating income, vary by quarter. Results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods.

 

Store Operations

 

Store Format. The average selling space of our existing 319 stores is approximately 9,900 square feet, which allows us the space and flexibility to departmentalize our stores and provide directed traffic patterns. We arrange our stores in a racetrack format with women’s sportswear, our most attractive and fashion current merchandise, in the center of each store and complementary categories adjacent to those items. Men’s and boy’s apparel is displayed on one side of the store, while dresses, footwear and accessories are displayed on the other side. Merchandise for infants, toddlers and girls is displayed along the back of the store. Impulse items, such as jewelry and sunglasses, are featured near the checkout area. Products from nationally recognized brands are prominently displayed on four-way racks at the front of each department. The remaining merchandise is displayed on hanging racks and occasionally on table displays. Large hanging signs identify each category location. The unobstructed floor plan allows the customer to see virtually all of the different product areas from the store entrance and provides us the flexibility to easily expand and contract departments in response to consumer demand, seasonality and merchandise availability. Virtually all of our inventory is displayed on the selling floor. Prices are clearly marked and often have the comparative retail-selling price noted on the price tag.

 

Store Management. Store operations are managed by our Senior Vice President of Store Operations, four regional managers and 38 district managers, each of whom typically manages five to twelve stores. The typical store is staffed with a store manager, two or three assistant managers and seven to eight part-time sales associates, all of whom rotate work days on a shift basis. District managers and store managers participate in a bonus program based on achieving predetermined levels of sales and profits. The district managers also participate in bonus programs based on achieving targeted payroll costs. Regional managers participate in a bonus program based on a rollup of the district managers’ bonuses. The assistant managers and sales associates are compensated on an hourly basis with incentives. Moreover, we recognize individual performance through internal promotions and provide extensive opportunities for advancement, particularly given our rapid growth.

 

We place significant emphasis on loss prevention in order to control inventory shrinkage. Initiatives include electronic tags on most of our products, training and education of store personnel on loss prevention issues, digital video camera systems, alarm systems and motion detectors in the stores. In a few stores, we recently began using an outside service to visually monitor the stores throughout the day using sophisticated camera systems. We also capture extensive point-of-sale data and maintain systems that monitor returns, voids and employee sales, and produce trend and exception reports to assist in identifying shrinkage issues. We have a centralized loss prevention team that focuses exclusively on implementation of these initiatives and specifically on stores that have experienced above average levels of shrinkage. We also maintain an independent, third party administered, toll-free line for reporting shrinkage concerns and any other employee concerns.

 

Employee Training. Our employees are critical to achieving our goals, and we strive to hire employees with high energy levels and motivation. We have well-established store operating policies and procedures and an extensive 90-day in-store training program for new store managers and assistant managers. Sales associates also participate in a 30-day customer service and store procedures training program, which is designed to enable them to assist customers in a friendly, helpful manner.

 

Layaway Program. We offer a layaway program that allows customers to purchase merchandise by initially paying a 20% deposit together with a $2.00 service charge. The customer then makes additional payments every two weeks and has 60 days within which to complete the purchase. If the purchase is not completed, the customer receives a merchandise credit for amounts paid less a $5.00 re-stocking fee and service charge.

 

Site Selection. Cost-effective store locations are an important part of our profitability model. Accordingly, we look for second and third use store locations that offer attractive rents, but also meet our demographic and economic criteria.   We have a dedicated real estate management team responsible for new store site selection. In selecting a location, we target both urban and rural markets. Demographic criteria used in site selection include concentrations of our core consumers. In addition, we require convenient site accessibility, as well as strong co-tenants, such as food stores, dollar stores, rent-to-own stores and other apparel stores.

 

Shortly after we sign a new store lease, our store construction department prepares the store by installing fixtures, signs, dressing rooms, checkout counters, cash register systems and other items. Once we take possession of a store site, we can open the store within approximately three to four weeks.

 

6



 

Advertising and Marketing

 

Our advertising goal is to build the “Citi Trends” brand and promote consumers’ association of the “Citi Trends” brand with value, quality, fashion and everyday low prices. We generally focus our advertising efforts during the Easter, back-to-school and Christmas seasons. This advertising consists of radio commercials on local hip-hop radio stations that highlight our brands, value and everyday low prices. We also do in-store advertising that includes window signs designated for special purposes, such as seasonal events and clearance periods, and taped audio advertisements co-mingled with in-store music programs. Signs change in color, quantity and theme every three to six weeks. For store grand openings and significant remodels, we typically seek to create community awareness and consumer excitement through radio advertising preceding and during the grand opening and by creating an on-site event with local radio personalities broadcasting from the new location. We also distribute promotional items such as gift certificates and shopping sprees in connection with our grand openings and significant remodels.

 

Our marketing efforts center on promoting our everyday low prices and on demonstrating the strong price-to-value relationship of our products to our consumers. We do not utilize promotional advertising. Merchandise is priced so that our competition rarely has lower prices. In the limited situations where the competition offers the same merchandise at a lower price, we will match the price.

 

Distribution

 

All merchandise sold in our stores is shipped directly from our distribution centers in Savannah, Georgia and Darlington, South Carolina. We generally ship merchandise from our distribution centers to our stores daily, utilizing United Parcel Service, Inc. and FedEx Corporation. In addition to the distribution center in Savannah, we have a small merchandise storage facility that is attached to our corporate offices.  The Savannah facilities have a combined square footage of approximately 240,000, including approximately 55,000 square feet of office space. The Darlington facility has approximately 286,000 square feet. To support our continued growth, we are nearing completion of an expansion to the Darlington distribution center which will add approximately 264,000 square feet to the facility. We expect this expansion to support our growth plans through 2010.

 

Information Technology and Systems

 

We have information systems in place to support each of our business functions. We purchased our enterprise software from Island Pacific, a primary software provider to the retail industry. The computer platform is an IBM AS400. The Island Pacific software supports the following business functions: purchasing, purchase order management, price and markdown management, distribution, merchandise allocation, general ledger, accounts payable and sales audit.

 

Our stores use point-of-sale software from DataVantage, a division of MICROS Systems, Inc., to run the store’s cash registers. The system uses bar code scanners at checkout to capture item sales. It also supports end-of-day processing and automatically transmits sales and transaction data to Savannah soon after the close of business. Additionally, the software supports store time clock and payroll functions. To facilitate the marking down and re-ticketing of merchandise, employees in the stores use hand-held scanners that read the correct item price and prepare new price tickets for merchandise. DataVantage software also enables us to sort and review transaction data and generate exception and other database reporting to assist in loss prevention.

 

We believe that our information systems, with upgrades and updates over time, are adequate to support our operations for the foreseeable future.

 

Growth Strategy

 

Our growth strategy is to open stores in new and existing markets, as well as to increase sales in existing stores. Adding stores in the markets we currently serve often enables us to benefit from enhanced name recognition and achieves advertising and operating synergies. In fiscal 2005, we opened 36 new stores and entered the Cincinnati, Ohio; Dallas, Texas; Louisville, Kentucky; and Miami, Florida markets.  In fiscal 2006, we opened 42 new stores and entered the Indianapolis, Indiana; Dayton, greater-Cleveland, Akron, Ohio; and St Louis, Missouri markets. In fiscal 2007, we opened 42 new stores and entered the Tulsa, Oklahoma; Detroit, Michigan; Chicago, Illinois; and Milwaukee, Wisconsin markets. We expect to open approximately 40 new stores in fiscal 2008. Approximately 90% of the new stores we intend to open in fiscal 2008 will be located in states in which we are currently located.

 

7



 

Competition

 

The markets we serve are highly competitive. The principal methods of competition in the retail business are fashion, assortment, pricing and presentation. We believe we have a competitive advantage in our offering of fashionable brands at everyday low prices. We compete against a diverse group of retailers including national off-price retailers, mass merchants, smaller specialty retailers and dollar stores. The off-price retail companies with which we compete include TJX Companies, Inc. (“TJX Companies”), Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corp.™ (“Burlington Coat Factory”) and Ross Stores, Inc.™ (“Ross Stores”). In particular, TJX Companies’ A.J. Wright stores target moderate income consumers and Ross Stores has a similar concept targeting lower income consumers, called dd’s DISCOUNTS. We believe our strategy of appealing to African-American consumers and offering urban apparel products allows us to compete successfully with these retailers. We also believe we offer a more inviting store format than the off-price retailers, including our use of carpeted floors and more prominently displayed brands. We also compete with a group of smaller specialty retailers that only sell women’s products, such as Rainbow, Dots™, Fashion Cents™, It’s Fashions! and Simply Fashions™. Our mass merchant competitors include Wal-Mart and Kmart. These chains do not focus on fashion apparel and, within their apparel offering, lack the urban focus that we believe differentiates our offering and appeals to our core customers. Similarly, while some of the dollar store chains offer apparel, they typically offer a more limited selection focused on basic apparel needs. As a result, we believe there is significant demand for a value retailer that addresses the market of low- to moderate-income consumers generally and, particularly, African-American and other minority consumers who seek value-priced, urban fashion apparel and accessories. See Item 1A Risk Factors in this Report for additional information.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We regard our trademarks and service marks as having significant value and as being important to our marketing efforts. We have registered the “Citi Trends” trademark with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register as both a trademark for retail department store services and as a trademark for clothing. We have also registered the following trademarks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office on the Principal Register: “Citi Club,” “Citi Express,” “Citi Knights,” “Citi Nite,” “Citi Steps,” “Citi Trends Fashion for Less,” “Citi Women,” “CT Sport,” “Diva Blue,” “Lil Citi Man,” “Lil Ms Hollywood,” “Univer Soul,” “Urban Sophistication,” “Red Ape™,”  and “Vintage Harlem.” Our policy is to pursue registration of our marks and to oppose vigorously infringement of our marks.

 

Employees

 

As of February 2, 2008, we had approximately 1,600 full-time and approximately 1,900 part-time employees. Of these employees, approximately 3,000 are employed in our stores and the remainder are employed in our distribution centers and corporate offices. We are not a party to any collective bargaining agreements, and none of our employees is represented by a labor union. We believe our relations with our employees are good.

 

8



 

ITEM 1A.       RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained or incorporated by reference into this Report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face.  Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we deem to be currently immaterial also may impair our business operations. The occurrence of any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success depends on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond rapidly to changes in consumers’ fashion tastes, and our failure to adequately evaluate fashion trends could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The apparel industry in general and our core customer market in particular are subject to rapidly evolving fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Accordingly, our success is heavily dependent on our ability to anticipate, identify and capitalize on emerging fashion trends, including products, styles and materials that will appeal to our target consumers. Our failure to anticipate, identify or react appropriately and timely to changes in styles, trends, brand preferences or desired image preferences is likely to lead to lower demand for our merchandise, which could cause, among other things, sales declines, excess inventories and higher markdowns. The inaccuracy of our forecasts regarding fashion trends could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we are unsuccessful in competing with our retail apparel competitors, our market share could decline or our growth could be impaired and, as a result, our financial results could suffer.

 

The retail apparel market is highly competitive with few barriers to entry. We compete against a diverse group of retailers, including national off-price apparel chains such as TJX Companies, Burlington Coat Factory, and Ross Stores; mass merchants such as Wal-Mart and Kmart; smaller discount retail chains that only sell women’s products, such as Rainbow, Dots™, Fashion Cents™, It’s Fashions!, and Simply Fashions™; and general merchandise discount stores and dollar stores, which offer a variety of products, including apparel, for the value-conscious consumer. We also compete against local off-price and specialty retail stores, regional retail chains, traditional department stores, web-based retail stores and other direct retailers.

 

The level of competition we face from these retailers varies depending on the product segment, as many of our competitors do not offer apparel for the entire family. Our greatest competition is generally in women’s apparel. Many of our competitors are larger than us and have substantially greater resources than us and, as a result, may be able to adapt better to changing market conditions, exploit new opportunities, exert greater pricing pressures on suppliers and open new stores more quickly and effectively than us. Many of these retailers have better name recognition among consumers than us and purchase significantly more merchandise from vendors. These retailers may be able to purchase branded merchandise that we cannot purchase because of their name recognition and relationships with suppliers, or they may be able to purchase branded merchandise with better pricing concessions than us. Our local and regional competitors have extensive knowledge of the consumer base and may be able to garner more loyalty from customers than us. If the consumer base we serve is satisfied with the selection, quality and price of our competitors’ products, consumers may decide not to shop in our stores. Additionally, if our existing competitors or other retailers decide to focus more on our core customers, particularly African-American consumers, we may have greater difficulty in competing effectively, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected, and the market price of our common stock could suffer.

 

The retail industry periodically has experienced consolidation and other ownership changes. In the future, other United States or foreign retailers may consolidate, undergo restructurings or reorganizations, or realign their affiliations. Any of these developments could result in our competitors increasing their buying power or market visibility. These developments may cause us to lose market share and could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.

 

We could experience a reduction in sales and cash flows if we are unable to fulfill our current and future merchandising needs.

 

We depend on our suppliers for the continued availability and satisfactory quality of our merchandise. Most of our suppliers could discontinue selling to us at any time. Additionally, if the manufacturers or other owners of brands or trademarks terminate the license agreements under which some of our suppliers sell our products, we may be unable to obtain replacement merchandise of comparable fashion appeal or quality, in the same quantities or at the same prices. If we lose the services of one or more of our significant suppliers or one or more of them fail to meet our merchandising needs, we may be unable to obtain replacement merchandise in a timely manner. If our existing suppliers cannot meet our increased needs and we cannot locate alternative supply sources, we may be unable to obtain sufficient quantities of the most popular items of the nationally recognized brands at attractive prices, which could negatively impact our sales and results of operations.

 

9


 


As an apparel retailer, we rely on numerous third parties in the supply chain to produce and deliver the products that we sell, and our business may be negatively impacted by their failure to comply with applicable law.

 

We rely on numerous third parties to supply the products that we sell. Violations of law by our importers, manufacturers or distributors could result in delays in shipments and receipt of goods, thus causing our revenues to decline. Further, we are susceptible to the receipt of counterfeit brands or unlicensed goods. We could incur liability with manufacturers or other owners of the brands or trademarked products if we inadvertently receive and sell counterfeit brands or unlicensed goods and, therefore, it is important that we establish relationships with reputable vendors to prevent the possibility that we inadvertently receive counterfeit brands or unlicensed goods. Although we have a quality assurance team to check merchandise in an effort to assure that we purchase only authentic brands and licensed goods and are careful in selecting our vendors, we may receive products that we are prohibited from selling or incur liability for selling counterfeit brands or unlicensed goods, which could increase our operating expenses and cause our net income to decline.

 

If our growth strategy is unsuccessful, our financial condition and results of operations could suffer and the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

Our ability to continue to increase our net sales and earnings depends, in large part, on opening new stores and operating the new and existing stores profitably. We opened 36, 42 and 42 new stores in fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007, respectively. We expect to open approximately 40 new stores in fiscal 2008. If we are unable to open all of these stores or operate them profitably, we may not achieve our forecasted sales and earnings growth targets. Additionally, growth of our store base will place increased demands on our operating, managerial and administrative resources and may lead to management and operating inefficiencies, including merchandising, personnel, distribution and integration problems. These demands and inefficiencies may cause deterioration in the financial performance of our individual stores and, therefore, our entire business.

 

We would experience increased operating costs and limited amounts of growth if we are unable to obtain reasonably priced financing.

 

Although we believe we can meet our future cash requirements with cash flow from operations, existing cash balances and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, we may need to raise additional debt or equity capital in the future to open new stores, to respond to competitive pressures or to respond to unforeseen financial requirements.  We may not be able to obtain additional capital on commercially reasonable terms or at all.  Our inability to obtain reasonably priced financing could create increased operating costs and diminished levels of growth, as we could be forced to incur indebtedness with above market interest rates or with substantial restrictive covenants, issue equity securities that dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders, or scale back our operations and/or store growth strategy.

 

A significant disruption to our distribution process or southeastern retail locations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to distribute our merchandise to our store locations in a timely manner is essential to the efficient and profitable operation of our business. We have distribution centers located in Savannah, Georgia and Darlington, South Carolina. Any natural disaster or other disruption to the operation of either of these facilities due to fire, hurricane, other natural disaster or any other cause could damage a significant portion of our inventory or impair our ability to stock our stores adequately.

 

In addition, the southeastern United States, where our distribution centers are located, is vulnerable to significant damage or destruction from hurricanes and tropical storms. Although we maintain insurance on our stores and other facilities, the economic effects of a natural disaster that affects our distribution centers and/or a significant number of our stores could increase our operating expenses, impair our cash flows and reduce our revenues, which could negatively impact the market price of our common stock.

 

Our net sales, inventory levels and earnings fluctuate on a seasonal basis, which makes our business more susceptible to adverse events that occur during those seasons.

 

Our net sales and earnings are significantly higher during the first and fourth quarters each year due to the importance of the spring selling season, which includes Easter, and the fall selling season, which includes Christmas. Factors negatively affecting us during the first and fourth quarters, including adverse weather and unfavorable economic conditions, will have a greater adverse effect on our financial condition than if our business were less seasonal.

 

In order to prepare for the spring and fall selling seasons, we must order and keep in stock significantly more merchandise than during other parts of the year. This seasonality makes our business more susceptible to the risk that our inventory will not satisfy actual consumer demand. In addition, any unanticipated demand imbalances during these peak shopping seasons could require us to sell excess inventory at a substantial markdown or fail to satisfy our consumers. In either event, our net sales and gross margins may be lower than historical levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

10



 

We experience fluctuations and variability in our comparable store sales and quarterly results of operations and, as a result, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate or decline substantially.

 

Our comparable store sales and quarterly results have fluctuated significantly in the past based on a number of economic, seasonal and competitive factors, and we expect them to continue to fluctuate in the future. Since the beginning of fiscal 2005, our quarter-to-quarter comparable store sales have ranged from a decrease of 1.1% to an increase of 25.0%. The most significant fluctuations were due to the unusually high sales following Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma. The positive post-hurricane impact on sales has decreased over time. In addition, we may be unable to maintain historical levels of comparable store sales as we execute our growth strategy and expand our business. This variability could cause our comparable store sales and quarterly results to fall below the expectations of securities analysts or investors, which could result in volatility of the market price of our common stock. If our comparable store sales and quarterly results fail to meet the expectations of the market generally, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially.

 

Our sales and revenues could decline as a result of general economic and other factors outside of our control, such as changes in consumer spending patterns and declines in employment levels.

 

Downturns, or the expectation of a downturn, in general economic conditions could adversely affect consumer spending patterns, our sales and our results of operations. Because apparel generally is a discretionary purchase, declines in consumer spending patterns may have a more negative effect on apparel retailers than some other retailers. Therefore, we may not be able to maintain our historical rate of growth in revenues and earnings, or remain as profitable, if there is a decline in consumer spending patterns. In addition, since the majority of our stores are located in the southeastern United States, our operations are more susceptible to regional factors than the operations of our more geographically diversified competitors. Therefore, any adverse economic conditions that have a disproportionate effect on the southeastern United States could have a greater negative effect on our sales and results of operations than on retailers with a more geographically diversified store base.

 

If we fail to protect our trademarks, there could be a negative effect on our brand image and limitations on our ability to penetrate new markets.

 

We believe that our “Citi Trends” trademark is integral to our store design and our success in building consumer loyalty to our brand. We have registered this trademark with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. We have also registered, or applied for registration of, additional trademarks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office that we believe are important to our business. We cannot assure you that these registrations will prevent imitation of our name, merchandising concept, store design or private label merchandise or the infringement of our other intellectual property rights by others. Imitation of our name, concept, store design or merchandise in a manner that projects lesser quality or carries a negative connotation of our brand image could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, we cannot assure you that others will not try to block the manufacture or sale of our private label merchandise by claiming that our merchandise violates their trademarks or other proprietary rights since other entities may have rights to trademarks that contain the word “Citi” or may have rights in similar or competing marks for apparel and/or accessories. Although we cannot currently estimate the likelihood of success of any such lawsuit or ultimate resolution of such a conflict, such a controversy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls in our business, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

 

Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002 requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and an audit of such controls by our independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we may be unable to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting. Moreover, effective internal controls, particularly those related to revenue recognition and accounting for inventory/cost of sales, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important in our effort to prevent financial fraud. If we cannot produce reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock could decline significantly and we may be unable to obtain additional financing to operate and expand our business.

 

11



 

Adverse trade restrictions may disrupt our supply of merchandise. We also face various risks because much of our merchandise is imported from abroad.

 

We purchase the products we sell directly from over 1,200 vendors, and a substantial portion of this merchandise is manufactured outside of the United States and imported by our vendors from countries such as China and other areas of the Far East, including Taiwan and the Philippines. The countries in which our merchandise currently is manufactured or may be manufactured in the future could become subject to new trade restrictions imposed by the United States or other foreign governments. Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or quotas, embargoes, and customs restrictions, against apparel items, as well as United States or foreign labor strikes, work stoppages or boycotts, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of apparel available to us and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our merchandise supply could be impacted if our vendors’ imports become subject to existing or future duties and quotas, or if our vendors face increased competition from other companies for production facilities, import quota capacity and shipping capacity.

 

We also face a variety of other risks generally associated with relying on vendors that do business in foreign markets and import merchandise from abroad, such as:

 

·                  political instability or the threat of terrorism, in particular in countries where our vendors source merchandise;

 

·                  increases in merchandise costs due to raw material price inflation or changes in purchasing power caused by fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

·                  enhanced security measures at United States and foreign ports, which could delay delivery of imports;

 

·                  imposition of new or supplemental duties, taxes, and other charges on imports;

 

·                  delayed receipt or non-delivery of goods due to the failure of foreign-source suppliers to comply with import regulations;

 

·                  delayed receipt or non-delivery of goods due to organized labor strikes or congestion at United States ports; and

 

·                  local business practice and political issues, including issues relating to compliance with domestic or international labor standards.

 

The United States may impose new initiatives that adversely affect the trading status of countries where apparel is manufactured. These initiatives may include retaliatory duties or other trade sanctions that, if enacted, would increase the cost of products imported from countries where our vendors acquire merchandise.

 

We depend on the experience and expertise of our senior management team and key employees, and accordingly, the loss of their services could have a material adverse effect on our business strategy, operating costs, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The success of our business is dependent upon the close supervision of all aspects of our business by our senior management, particularly the operation of our stores, the selection of merchandise and the site selection for new stores. In addition, we do not have a non-competition agreement with R. Edward Anderson, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Accordingly, Mr. Anderson could leave us at any time and begin to work for our competitors or otherwise, which loss of services could have a material adverse effect on our business strategy, operating costs, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We may continue to experience market conditions that could adversely affect the liquidity of our investment portfolio.

 

At February 2, 2008, we had $56.2 million of short-term investments in municipal auction rate securities (“ARS”) issued by student loan funding organizations.  These securities are high-grade (AAA rated) and approximately 84% of them are either guaranteed by the Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program or backed by insurance companies. Historically, the ARS provided liquidity via an auction process that reset the interest rate every 35 days, allowing investors to either roll over their investments or sell them at par.  Subsequent to February 2, 2008, there has been insufficient demand for these types of investments during the auctions and, as a result, these securities are not currently liquid. We may not be able to access cash by selling these securities without incurring a loss of principal until either, liquidity returns to the auction process, a secondary market emerges, they are redeemed by the issuer, or they mature in years ranging from 2010 to 2040.  We will assess the potential impairment in future periods based on several factors, including whether liquidity returns to the market, the forecasted recovery of the securities, and our ability and intent to hold the investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Such an assessment may change the classification of these investments to long-term or result in an impairment charge. If we determine that the fair value of these securities is temporarily impaired, we would record a temporary charge within other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. If it is determined that the fair value of these securities is other-than-temporarily impaired, we would record a loss in our Statements of Income. We have obtained a $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility to ensure that we have adequate liquidity.

 

12



 

Failure to attract, train, assimilate and retain skilled personnel could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy and our financial condition.

 

Like most retailers, we experience significant employee turnover rates, particularly among store sales associates and managers, and our continued growth will require us to hire and train even more new personnel. We therefore must continually attract, hire and train new personnel to meet our staffing needs. We constantly compete for qualified personnel with companies in our industry and in other industries. A significant increase in the turnover rate among our store sales associates and managers would increase our recruiting and training costs and could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity.

 

If we are unable to retain our employees or attract, train, assimilate or retain other skilled personnel in the future, we may not be able to service our customers as effectively, thus reducing our ability to continue our growth and to operate our existing stores as profitably as we have in the past.

 

Increases in the minimum wage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The Fair Minimum Wage Act of 2007 became law on May 25, 2007. As a result, the federal minimum wage increased to $5.85 per hour in July 2007 and will increase to $6.55 per hour in July 2008 and $7.25 per hour in July 2009.  Additionally, from time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the minimum wage in certain individual states. Wage rates for many of our employees are slightly above the minimum wage. As federal and/or state minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase not only our employees’ wage rates that are under the new minimum, but also the wages paid to our other hourly employees. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have a material adverse effect on our operating costs, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Any failure of our management information systems or the inability of third parties to continue to upgrade and maintain our systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on the accuracy, reliability and proper functioning of our management information systems, including the systems used to track our sales and facilitate inventory management. We also rely on our management information systems for merchandise planning, replenishment and markdowns, as well as other key business functions. These functions enhance our ability to optimize sales while limiting markdowns and reducing inventory risk through properly marking down slow-selling styles, reordering existing styles and effectively distributing new inventory to our stores. We do not currently have redundant systems for all functions performed by our management information systems. Any interruption in these systems could impair our ability to manage our inventory effectively, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. To support our growth, we will need to expand our management information systems, and our failure to link and maintain these systems adequately could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on third-party suppliers to maintain and periodically upgrade our management information systems, including the software programs supporting our inventory management functions. If any of these suppliers is unable to continue to maintain and upgrade these software programs and/or if we are unable to convert to alternate systems in an efficient and timely manner, it could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to attract consumers to our stores depends on the success of the strip shopping centers and downtown business districts where our stores are located.

 

We locate our stores in strip shopping centers, street front locations and downtown business districts where we believe our consumers and potential consumers shop. The success of an individual store can depend on favorable placement within a given strip shopping center or business district. We cannot control the development of alternative shopping destinations near our existing stores or the availability or cost of real estate within existing or new shopping destinations. If our store locations fail to attract sufficient consumer traffic or we are unable to locate replacement locations on terms acceptable to us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer. If one or more of the anchor tenants located in the strip shopping centers or business districts where our stores are located close or leave, or if there is significant deterioration of the surrounding areas in which our stores are located, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

13



 

Our stock price is subject to volatility.

 

Our stock price is volatile. From our initial public offering in May 2005 through February 2, 2008, the trading price of our common stock has ranged from $10.76 to $57.85 per share. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above their respective purchase prices. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

·                  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

·                  changes in securities analysts’ recommendations or estimates of our financial performance;

 

·                  publication of research reports by analysts;

 

·                  changes in market valuations or operating performance of our competitors or companies similar to ours;

 

·                  announcements by us, our competitors or other retailers;

 

·                  additions and departures of key personnel;

 

·                  changes in accounting principles;

 

·                  the passage of legislation or other developments affecting us or our industry;

 

·                  the trading volume of our common stock in the public market;

 

·                  changes in economic conditions;

 

·                  financial market conditions;

 

·                  natural disasters, terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of civil unrest; and

 

·                  the realization of some or all of the risks described in this section entitled “Risk Factors.”

 

In addition, the stock markets have experienced significant price and trading volume fluctuations from time to time, and the market prices of the equity securities of retailers have been extremely volatile and have recently experienced sharp price and trading volume changes. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Securities analysts may not continue to cover our common stock or they may issue negative reports, and this may have a negative impact on the price of our common stock.

 

The trading market for our common stock relies, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our company or our industry.  Public statements by these securities analysts may affect our stock price.  If any of the analysts who cover us downgrades the rating of our common stock, our common stock price would likely decline.  If any of these analysts ceases coverage of our common stock, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price to decline.  Further, if no analysts continue to cover our common stock, the lack of research coverage may depress the market price of our common stock.

 

In addition, rules mandated by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and a global settlement between the SEC and securities analysts have caused a number of fundamental changes in how securities analysts are reviewed and compensated. In particular, many investment banking firms are now required to contract with independent financial analysts for their stock research. In this environment, it may be difficult for companies with smaller market capitalizations, such as our company, to attract independent financial analysts to cover them, which could have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock.

 

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, investors are not likely to receive any dividends on their common stock for the foreseeable future. In addition, under the terms of our revolving credit facility, the payment of cash dividends is prohibited.

 

14



 

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law may delay or prevent our acquisition by a third party.

 

Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended, and our amended and restated by-laws contain several provisions that may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us without the approval of our board of directors. These provisions include, among other things, a classified board of directors, advance notice for raising business or making nominations at stockholder meetings and “blank check” preferred stock. Blank check preferred stock enables our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to designate and issue additional series of preferred stock with such dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights, including convertible securities with no limitations on conversion, as our board of directors may determine, including rights to dividends and proceeds in a liquidation that are senior to the common stock.

 

We are also subject to several provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law that could delay, prevent or deter a merger, acquisition, tender offer, proxy contest or other transaction that might otherwise result in our stockholders receiving a premium over the market price for their common stock or may otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

 

ITEM 1B.       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

15



 

ITEM 2.          PROPERTIES

 

Store Locations

 

As of February 2, 2008, we operated 319 stores located in 20 states. Our stores average approximately 9,900 square feet of selling space and are typically located in neighborhood strip shopping centers and downtown business districts that are convenient to low- to moderate-income customers. Originally our stores were located in the Southeast, but in recent years we expanded into the Mid-Atlantic and the Midwest regions and Texas.

 

We have no franchising relationships, and all of the stores are company operated.  All existing 319 stores, totaling approximately 3.8 million gross square feet and 3.2 million selling square feet, are leased under operating leases. Additionally, as of March 10, 2008, we have signed leases for 16 new stores to be opened during fiscal 2008 aggregating approximately 180,000 total selling square feet. The typical store lease is for five years with an option to extend the lease term for an additional five-year period, and all but one lease require us to pay percentage rent and increases in specified site-related charges. Nearly all store leases provide us the right to cancel following an initial three-year period in the event the store does not meet pre-determined sales levels. The table below sets forth the number of stores in each of the 20 states in which we operated as of February 2, 2008:

 

Alabama—22

Arkansas—7

Florida—24

Georgia—53

Illinois—1

Indiana—4

Kentucky—3

Louisiana—26

Maryland—4

Michigan—6

Mississippi—21

Missouri—2

North Carolina—34

Ohio—11

Oklahoma—1

South Carolina—37

Tennessee—12

Texas—34

Virginia—16

Wisconsin—1

 

Support Center Facilities

 

We own an approximately 170,000 square-foot facility located on Fahm Street in Savannah, Georgia, which serves as one of our two distribution centers and to a lesser extent, as office space. We own an approximately 70,000 square-foot facility on Coleman Boulevard in Savannah, which serves as our headquarters and to a lesser extent, as a merchandise storage facility. We own an approximately 286,000 square-foot facility in Darlington, South Carolina, which serves as a distribution center. To support our continued growth, we are nearing completion of an expansion to the Darlington distribution center which will add approximately 264,000 square feet to the facility. We expect this expansion to support our growth plans through 2010. In addition, we currently lease a 1,200 square-foot office in New York City and a 1,100 square-foot office in Los Angeles, which are used for buyer operations and meetings with vendors.

 

16



 

ITEM 3.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of our business, including claims by customers, employees or former employees. While litigation is subject to uncertainties and the outcome of any litigated matter is not predictable, we are not aware of any legal proceedings pending or threatened against us that we expect to have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

ITEM 4.          SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders through the solicitation of proxies or otherwise during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007.

 

17


 


PART II

 

ITEM 5.                             MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Our common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Stock Market under the symbol “CTRN”. The following table shows the high and low per share prices of our common stock for the periods indicated.

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$50.10

 

 

$36.45

 

 

Second Quarter

 

57.85

 

 

28.55

 

 

Third Quarter

 

39.92

 

 

26.78

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

49.72

 

 

36.75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

48.00

 

 

38.20

 

 

Second Quarter

 

42.88

 

 

32.44

 

 

Third Quarter

 

38.35

 

 

16.22

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

17.97

 

 

10.76

 

 

 

On March 31, 2008, the last reported sale price of our common stock on The NASDAQ Stock Market was $18.45 per share. On March 31, 2008, there were five holders of record and approximately 2,400 beneficial holders of our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Currently we intend to retain any future earnings to finance the expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes. In addition, under the terms of our revolving credit facility, the payment of cash dividends is prohibited.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

None.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers.

 

None.

 

18



 

Stock Performance Graph

 

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the last thirty-two months percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on shares of our common stock against (i) the cumulative total return of companies listed on The NASDAQ Stock Market and (ii) the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Retail Trade. The period compared commences May 18, 2005, the date on which our common stock began trading on The NASDAQ Stock Market, and ends February 2, 2008. This graph assumes that $100 was invested on May 18, 2005 in our common stock and in each of the market index and the industry index, and that all cash distributions were reinvested. Our common stock price performance shown on the graph is not indicative of future price performance.

 

COMPARISON OF 32 MONTH CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Citi Trends, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Retail Trade Index

 


*$100 invested on 5/18/05 in stock or 4/30/05 in index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31.

 

 

 

5/05

 

5/05

 

6/05

 

7/05

 

8/05

 

9/05

 

10/05

 

11/05

 

12/05

 

1/06

 

2/06

 

Citi Trends, Inc.

 

100.00

 

103.82

 

115.16

 

175.48

 

173.18

 

139.04

 

182.36

 

226.82

 

271.91

 

292.99

 

274.20

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

100.00

 

107.00

 

106.61

 

113.04

 

111.67

 

112.62

 

110.95

 

116.49

 

115.87

 

121.51

 

119.84

 

NASDAQ Retail Trade

 

100.00

 

113.26

 

109.14

 

123.75

 

115.87

 

114.86

 

113.97

 

122.51

 

119.17

 

120.41

 

116.21

 

 

 

 

3/06

 

4/06

 

5/06

 

6/06

 

7/06

 

8/06

 

9/06

 

10/06

 

11/06

 

12/06

 

1/07

 

2/07

 

Citi Trends, Inc.

 

253.25

 

309.24

 

286.69

 

271.91

 

188.98

 

200.19

 

219.81

 

249.94

 

281.91

 

252.48

 

251.02

 

266.82

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

123.56

 

123.35

 

115.54

 

115.10

 

110.97

 

115.80

 

119.30

 

124.97

 

128.39

 

128.13

 

130.60

 

128.91

 

NASDAQ Retail Trade

 

119.06

 

115.63

 

111.01

 

110.16

 

96.61

 

100.91

 

107.62

 

117.30

 

115.93

 

114.00

 

117.24

 

118.48

 

 

 

 

3/07

 

4/07

 

5/07

 

6/07

 

7/07

 

8/07

 

9/07

 

10/07

 

11/07

 

12/07

 

1/08

 

Citi Trends, Inc.

 

272.23

 

252.42

 

258.15

 

241.78

 

209.55

 

138.47

 

138.60

 

124.59

 

98.41

 

98.34

 

87.07

 

NASDAQ Composite

 

129.38

 

134.73

 

139.40

 

139.43

 

136.59

 

139.04

 

145.83

 

154.24

 

143.09

 

142.50

 

127.74

 

NASDAQ Retail Trade

 

119.46

 

126.85

 

128.62

 

125.45

 

122.61

 

126.85

 

131.51

 

131.22

 

123.93

 

122.18

 

112.83

 

 

19



 

ITEM 6.          SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Selected Financial and Operating Data

 

The following table provides selected financial and operating data for each of the fiscal years in the five-year period ended February 2, 2008, including: (a) our statement of income data for each such period, (b) additional operating data for each such period and (c) balance sheet data as of the end of each such period. The statement of income data for fiscal 2005, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007 and the balance sheet data as of February 3, 2007 and February 2, 2008 are derived from our audited financial statements included in Item 8 that have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The statement of income data for the fiscal years ended January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004 and the balance sheet data as of January 31, 2004, January 29, 2005 and January 28, 2006 are derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this Report. The selected financial and operating data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in Item 7 and our financial statements and related notes set forth in the financial pages of this Report. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended (1)

 

 

 

February 2,

 

February 3,

 

January 28,

 

January 29,

 

January 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

437,515

 

$

381,918

 

$

289,804

 

$

203,442

 

$

157,198

 

Cost of sales

 

278,783

 

235,744

 

178,953

 

127,308

 

98,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

158,732

 

146,174

 

110,851

 

76,134

 

59,053

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

127,470

 

107,535

 

83,559

 

58,722

 

44,812

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

12,583

 

8,326

 

6,087

 

4,872

 

4,033

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

18,679

 

30,313

 

21,205

 

12,540

 

10,208

 

Interest expense (income), net (2)

 

(1,914

)

(1,655

)

(546

)

732

 

563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

20,593

 

31,968

 

21,751

 

11,808

 

9,645

 

Income tax expense

 

6,379

 

10,617

 

7,551

 

4,551

 

3,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

14,214

 

$

21,351

 

$

14,200

 

$

7,257

 

$

5,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.02

 

$

1.57

 

$

1.21

 

$

0.78

 

$

0.64

 

Diluted

 

$

1.00

 

$

1.51

 

$

1.08

 

$

0.67

 

$

0.55

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income per share (3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

13,946,342

 

13,574,718

 

11,746,866

 

9,302,800

 

9,295,000

 

Diluted

 

14,223,229

 

14,138,063

 

13,148,602

 

10,879,388

 

10,771,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Operating Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of stores:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Opened during period

 

42

 

42

 

36

 

40

 

25

 

Closed during period

 

0

 

0

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Open at end of period

 

319

 

277

 

235

 

200

 

161

 

Selling square footage at end of period

 

3,168,866

 

2,628,539

 

2,123,684

 

1,715,943

 

1,290,039

 

Comparable store sales increase (4)

 

1.0

%(5)

8.2

%(5)

16.7

%(6)

3.0

%

5.7

%

Average sales per store (7)

 

$

1,468

 

$

1,492

 

$

1,332

 

$

1,127

 

$

1,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (8)

 

$

6,203

 

$

7,707

 

$

3,995

 

$

6,812

 

$

6,185

 

Short-term investments

 

56,165

 

65,956

 

54,458

 

 

 

Total assets (8)

 

210,177

 

192,107

 

142,205

 

65,800

 

45,444

 

Total liabilities (8)

 

72,030

 

73,898

 

58,456

 

42,036

 

28,940

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

138,147

 

118,209

 

83,749

 

23,764

 

16,504

 

 

20




(1)

 

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 of each year. The years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004 are referred to as fiscal 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Fiscal 2006 is comprised of 53 weeks.  Fiscal years 2007, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are each comprised of 52 weeks.

 

 

 

(2)

 

The Series A Preferred Stock, which was redeemed using a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO, was reclassified as debt as of the second quarter of fiscal 2003, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. The amount of dividends treated as interest expense was $0 in fiscal 2007 and 2006, $100,000 in fiscal 2005, $324,000 in fiscal 2004 and $189,000 in fiscal 2003.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Reflects 26 for 1 stock split completed in May 2005.

 

 

 

(4)

 

Stores included in the comparable store sales calculation for any period are those stores that were opened prior to the beginning of the preceding fiscal year and were still open at the end of such period. Relocated stores and expanded stores are included in the comparable store sales results.

 

 

 

(5)

 

The Company is reporting comparable store sales on a comparable store and comparable weeks basis;  for fiscal 2007, the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2008 are compared to the 52 weeks ended February 3, 2007; for fiscal 2006, the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2007 are compared to the 53 weeks ended February 4, 2006.

 

 

 

(6)

 

This data includes the positive impact of post-hurricane sales as a result of Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma during the months of September 2005 through January 2006.

 

 

 

(7)

 

Average sales per store is defined as net sales divided by the average of stores open at the end of the prior period and stores open at the end of the current period.

 

 

 

(8)

 

Cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable for years prior to fiscal 2007 include reclassifications of outstanding checks to conform to the fiscal 2007 presentation. The reclassifications resulted in a decrease in cash and accounts payable of $3,995,000, $5,084,000, $4,989,000 and $3,769,000 at February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004, respectively.

 

21



 

ITEM 7.                             MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Financial and Operating Data” and our audited financial statements and the respective related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, such as those set forth under the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We are a rapidly growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel and accessories for the entire family. Our merchandise offerings are designed to appeal to the preferences of fashion conscious consumers, particularly African-Americans. Originally our stores were located in the Southeast, and in recent years we expanded into the Mid-Atlantic and Midwest regions and Texas. We operate 319 stores in both urban and rural markets in 20 states.

 

We are pursuing an aggressive store growth strategy and believe that the addition of new stores will be the primary source of future growth. In fiscal 2007 we opened 42 stores, entering the Tulsa, Oklahoma; Detroit, Michigan; Chicago, Illinois; and Milwaukee, Wisconsin markets. We expect to open approximately 40 new stores in fiscal 2008. Approximately 90% of the new stores we intend to open in fiscal 2008 will be located in states that we currently serve.

 

We measure performance using key operating statistics. One of the main performance measures is comparable store sales growth. We define a comparable store as a store that has been opened for an entire fiscal year. Therefore, a store will not be considered a comparable store until its 13th month of operation at the earliest or until its 24th month at the latest. As an example, stores opened in fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2007 were not considered comparable stores in fiscal 2007. Relocated and expanded stores are included in the comparable store sales results. We also use other operating statistics, most notably average sales per store, to measure our performance. As we typically occupy existing space in established shopping centers rather than sites built specifically for our stores, store square footage (and therefore sales per square foot) varies by store. We focus on overall store sales volume as the critical driver of profitability. The average sales per store has increased over the years, as we have increased comparable store sales and opened new stores that are generally larger than our historical store base. Average sales per store have increased from $0.8 million in fiscal 2000 to $1.5 million in fiscal 2007. In addition to sales, we measure gross profit as a percent of sales and store operating expenses, with a particular focus on labor as a percentage of sales. These results translate into store level contribution, which we use to evaluate overall performance of each individual store. Finally, we monitor corporate expenses against budgeted amounts.

 

Basis of the Presentation

 

Net sales consist of store sales and layaway fees, net of returns by customers. Cost of sales consists of the cost of products we sell and associated freight costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses are comprised of store costs, including salaries and store occupancy costs, handling costs, corporate and distribution center costs and advertising costs. We operate on a 52- or 53-week fiscal year, which ends on the Saturday closest to January 31. Each of our fiscal quarters consists of four 13-week periods, with an extra week added on to the fourth quarter every five to six years.  The years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006, January 29, 2005 and January 31, 2004 are referred to as fiscal 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Fiscal year 2006 is comprised of 53 weeks. Fiscal years 2007, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are each comprised of 52 weeks.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following discussion of our financial performance is based on the condensed financial statements set forth in the financial pages of this Report. The nature of our business is seasonal. Historically, sales in the first and fourth quarters have been higher than sales achieved in the second and third quarters of the fiscal year. Expenses, and to a greater extent operating income, vary by quarter. Results of a period shorter than a full year may not be indicative of results expected for the entire year. Furthermore, the seasonal nature of our business may affect comparisons between periods.

 

22



 

Net Sales and Additional Operating Data

 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, selected statement of income data expressed both in dollars and as a percentage of net sales:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

February 2,
2008

 

February 3,
2007

 

January 28,
2006

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

Statement of Income Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

437,515

 

100.0

%

$

381,918

 

100.0

%

$

289,804

 

100.0

%

Cost of sales

 

278,783

 

63.7

 

235,744

 

61.7

 

178,953

 

61.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

158,732

 

36.3

 

146,174

 

38.3

 

110,851

 

38.3

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

127,470

 

29.1

 

107,535

 

28.2

 

83,559

 

28.9

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

12,583

 

2.9

 

8,326

 

2.2

 

6,087

 

2.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations

 

18,679

 

4.3

 

30,313

 

7.9

 

21,205

 

7.3

 

Interest expense (income), net

 

(1,914

)

(0.4

)

(1,655

)

(0.5

)

(546

)

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

20,593

 

4.7

 

31,968

 

8.4

 

21,751

 

7.5

 

Income tax expense

 

6,379

 

1.5

 

10,617

 

2.8

 

7,551

 

2.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

14,214

 

3.2

%

$

21,351

 

5.6

%

$

14,200

 

4.9

%

 

The following table provides information, for the periods indicated, about the number of total stores open at the beginning of the period, stores opened and closed during each period, total stores open at the end of each period and comparable store sales for the periods:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

February 2,
2008

 

February 3,
2007

 

January 28,
2006

 

Total stores open, beginning of period

 

277

 

235

 

200

 

New stores

 

42

 

42

 

36

 

Closed stores

 

0

 

0

 

1

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total stores open, end of period

 

319

 

277

 

235

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparable store sales increase (3)

 

1.0

%(4)

8.2

%(4)

16.7

%


(1)

 

Stores closed for one or more days due to Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma are not included in this number.

 

 

 

(2)

 

The number of stores open at the end of the period includes one store closed as of January 28, 2006, as a result of Hurricane Wilma, which reopened in April 2006.

 

 

 

(3)

 

Stores included in the comparable store sales calculation for any period are those stores that were opened prior to the beginning of the preceding fiscal year and were still open at the end of such period. Relocated stores and expanded stores are included in the comparable store sales results.

 

 

 

(4)

 

The Company is reporting comparable store sales on a comparable store and comparable week basis; for fiscal 2007, the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2008 are compared to the 52 weeks ended February 3, 2007; for fiscal 2006, the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2007 are compared to the 53 weeks ended February 4, 2006.

 

23



 

Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006

 

Net Sales. Net sales increased $55.6 million, or 14.6%, to $437.5 million in fiscal 2007 from $381.9 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in net sales was due to 42 new store openings in fiscal 2007, 42 new store openings in fiscal 2006 for which there was not a full year of sales in 2006, a comparable store sales increase of 1.0% (note that 1.0% is based on a 52-week fiscal 2007 compared to the comparable 52 weeks in the prior year), partially offset by the 53-week fiscal 2006 having an extra week. The 42 stores opened in fiscal 2007 accounted for $40.3 million of the total increase in sales, the 42 stores opened in fiscal 2006 accounted for $21.4 million of the increase, and the 235 comparable stores contributed $3.5 million of the increase in sales on a comparable 52-week versus 52-week basis, but had a $6.1 million decrease on a fiscal year basis due to the extra week in fiscal 2006. Sales in the extra week in fiscal 2006 were $9.6 million. The increase in comparable store sales on a comparable weeks basis included a slight increase in the number of items per sale transaction, partially offset by slight declines in the number of transactions and the average item price.  Comparable store sales changes by major merchandise class were as follows:  Children’s +4%; Home +1%; Women’s +0%; Men’s -1%; Accessories -2%.  Comparable stores include locations that have been relocated or expanded.  There were 12 stores relocated or expanded in fiscal 2007 and 7 stores relocated or expanded in fiscal 2006.  Sales in these comparable relocated and expanded stores increased 18.1% in fiscal 2007, while sales in all other comparable stores decreased 0.6%.

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $12.5 million, or 8.6%, to $158.7 million in fiscal 2007 from $146.2 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in gross profit is a result of the increase in sales, partially offset by a reduction in the gross margin. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased to 36.3% in fiscal 2007 from 38.3% in fiscal 2006 due to a 210 basis points increase in merchandise markdowns as a percentage of sales.  The increase in markdowns occurred in the third and fourth quarters due to negative comparable store sales during the months of September and October in the third quarter and during the critical month of December in the fourth quarter.  With comparable store sales being negative during those months, higher clearance markdowns were necessary.  Inventory shrinkage was 20 basis points higher year-over-year; however, the increase in shrinkage was offset by a slightly higher initial merchandise mark-up and slightly lower freight costs.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $20.0 million, or 18.5%, to $127.5 million in fiscal 2007 from $107.5 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in these expenses was due primarily to additional store level, distribution and corporate costs arising from the opening of 42 new stores in fiscal 2007 and approximately $600,000 of expenses related to a secondary stock offering and stock registration of which the Company received no proceeds.   Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 29.1% in fiscal 2007 from 28.2% in fiscal 2006, due primarily to the deleveraging effect that occurs on expenses as a percentage of sales when comparable store sales increase at a rate, 1.0%, that is lower than the rate of inflation on expenses.  In particular, occupancy expenses as a percent of sales were up 60 basis points and payroll was 40 basis points higher.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $4.3 million, or 51.1%, to $12.6 million in fiscal 2007 from $8.3 million in fiscal 2006, as the result of capital expenditures incurred for new and relocated/expanded stores and for new scanning technology used in the stores.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased to $2.4 million in fiscal 2007 from $2.0 million in fiscal 2006 due to higher interest rates and a slightly higher average investment balance throughout the year.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $469,000 in fiscal 2007 from $359,000 in fiscal 2006 due to the addition of a $4.8 million capital equipment lease in fiscal 2006.

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense decreased $4.2 million, or 39.9%, to $6.4 million in fiscal 2007 from $10.6 million in fiscal 2006. The effective income tax rates for fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 were 31.0% and 33.2%, respectively. The tax rate decreased in fiscal 2007 primarily as a result of continued increases in income tax credits and tax-exempt interest income, while pretax income was decreasing.

 

Net Income. Net income decreased 33.4% to $14.2 million in fiscal 2007 from $21.4 million in fiscal 2006 due to the factors discussed above.

 

Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005

 

Net Sales. Net sales increased $92.1 million, or 31.8%, to $381.9 million in fiscal 2006 from $289.8 million in fiscal 2005. The increase in net sales was due to 42 new store openings in fiscal 2006, 36 new store openings in fiscal 2005 for which there was not a full year of sales in 2005, and a comparable store sales increase of 8.2% (note that 8.2% is based on a 53-week fiscal 2006 compared to the comparable 53 weeks in the prior year). The 42 stores opened in fiscal 2006 accounted for $39.8 million of the total increase in sales, the 36 stores opened in fiscal 2005 accounted for $24.6 million of the increase, and the 199 comparable stores contributed $28.7 million of the increase in sales. These sales increases were offset by $1 million due to one store that was closed in fiscal 2005. 

 

24



 

Sales in the 53rd week of fiscal 2006 were $10.1 million. Approximately one-half of the increase in comparable store sales was from a higher average item price, with the remainder due to an increase in customer transactions. A greater consumer preference for branded goods played a large role in both the higher average item price and the increase in transactions.  Comparable store sales changes by major merchandise class were as follows:  Accessories +15%; Children’s +15%; Home +12%; Men’s +8%; Women’s +2%. Comparable stores include locations that have been relocated or expanded.  There were 7 stores relocated or expanded in fiscal 2006 and 4 stores relocated or expanded in fiscal 2005.  Sales in these comparable relocated and expanded stores increased 21.0% in fiscal 2006, while sales in all other comparable stores increased 7.6%.

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $35.3 million, or 31.9%, to $146.2 million in fiscal 2006 from $110.9 million in fiscal 2005. The increase in gross profit was primarily a result of our strong sales increases. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit was 38.3% in fiscal 2006 compared to 38.3% in fiscal 2005. Although the gross profit as a percentage of sales did not change, markdown rates were higher as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005.  The higher markdowns were offset by a higher initial mark-up on merchandise.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $23.9 million, or 28.7%, to $107.5 million in fiscal 2006 from $83.6 million in fiscal 2005. The increase in these expenses was due primarily to additional store level, distribution and corporate costs arising from the opening of 42 new stores in fiscal 2006.   Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 28.2% in fiscal 2006 from 28.9% in fiscal 2005.  The decrease as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the payment in fiscal 2005 of a $1.2 million fee to terminate the consulting agreement with Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P. (formerly majority stockholder), property losses in fiscal 2005 from Hurricanes Katrina, Rita and Wilma of approximately $700,000 and expenses of approximately $525,000 in fiscal 2005 related to our secondary offering, which was consummated on January 31, 2006.  Partially offsetting these favorable items were additional costs incurred by the Company for compliance with section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and increased insurance cost for property and medical coverage in fiscal 2006, all of which totaled approximately $2.9 million.

 

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense increased $2.2 million, or 36.8%, to $8.3 million in fiscal 2006 from $6.1 million in fiscal 2005, primarily as the result of capital expenditures incurred for new and relocated/expanded stores.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $1.1 million, or 126.0%, to $2.0 million in fiscal 2006 from $891,000 in fiscal 2005. The increase in interest income was due to the full year impact of interest income earned on proceeds from our initial public offering.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $14,000, or 4.1%, to $359,000 in fiscal 2006 from $345,000 in fiscal 2005. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to the addition of a $4.8 million capital equipment lease in fiscal 2006.

 

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense increased $3.0 million, or 40.6%, to $10.6 million in fiscal 2006 from $7.6 million in fiscal 2005. The effective income tax rates for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 were 33.2% and 34.7%, respectively. The tax rate decreased in fiscal 2006 primarily as a result of our investment in tax exempt securities and an increase in job tax credits.

 

Net Income. Net income increased 50.4% to $21.4 million in fiscal 2006 from $14.2 million in fiscal 2005 due to the factors discussed above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Our cash requirements are primarily for working capital, expansion of our distribution infrastructure, construction of new stores, remodeling of our existing stores and the improvement of our information systems. Historically, we have met these cash requirements from cash flow from operations, short-term trade credit, borrowings under our revolving lines of credit, long-term debt and capital leases, and cash proceeds from our initial public offering.  We expect to be able to meet future cash requirements with cash flow from operations, existing cash balances and borrowings under our  revolving credit facility (described below), if necessary.

 

Discussion of Cash Flows

 

Fiscal 2007 Compared to Fiscal 2006

 

At February 2, 2008, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $6.2 million compared with total cash and cash equivalents of $7.7 million at February 3, 2007. The most significant factors in the change in our net liquidity position during fiscal 2007 were positive cash flow from operations and net sales of marketable securities, offset by capital expenditures.

 

Inventory represented 39.2% of our total assets as of February 2, 2008. Management’s ability to manage our inventory can have a significant impact on our cash flows from operations during a given interim period or fiscal year. In addition, inventory purchases can be seasonal in nature, such as the purchase of warm-weather or Christmas-related merchandise.

 

25


 


Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $16.6 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $19.1 million in fiscal 2006. The main sources of cash provided during fiscal 2007 were net income adjusted for depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes and noncash stock-based compensation expense, totaling $26.6 million, and an increase in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities of $3.8 million. Uses of cash consisted of a $9.1 million increase in inventory, a $3.3 million decrease in accounts payable and a $1.1 million increase in prepaid assets.  The change in income taxes payable was substantially offset by excess tax benefits from stock option exercises. Accounts payable did not increase as would typically be the case when inventory increases, because inventory turns slowed down, particularly over the last five months of the year when comparable store sales were negative. The decline in inventory turns forced us to take significantly more merchandise markdowns, as discussed in the Gross Profit section above, and caused us to slow down purchases in the last half of the year. This reduction in purchases contributed to the decrease in accounts payable at year end. Additionally, we took advantage of more opportunistic purchases of pack-and-hold merchandise in 2007.  Such purchases are paid for well in advance of shipping the merchandise to our stores, causing a reduction in inventory turns and in accounts payable as a percentage of inventory.

 

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities was $20.3 million in fiscal 2007 compared to $26.9 million in fiscal 2006. Cash used for the purchase of property and equipment increased during fiscal 2007 compared to fiscal 2006 due primarily to capital expenditures in the amount of $30.1 million in fiscal 2007 for the build out of 42 new stores and twelve store relocations/expansions, purchase of our corporate headquarters/inventory storage facility in Savannah, GA that had previously been leased, construction work related to the expansion of the Darlington, South Carolina distribution center, and other general corporate purposes, compared to $20.5 million ($15.7 million, excluding equipment financed by capital leases) in fiscal 2006 for the build out of 42 new stores and seven relocations/expansions, purchase of markdown scanners, build out of our distribution center in Darlington, and other general corporate purposes. Net sales of municipal auction rate securities provided cash of $9.8 million in 2007, while net purchases of such securities used cash of $11.5 million in 2006.

 

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $2.2 million in fiscal 2007 and $11.5 million in fiscal 2006. Financing activities consisted primarily of the tax benefit from stock option exercises of $3.5 million in 2007 and $12.2 million in 2006, partially offset by repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations totaling $1.8 million and $0.8 million in 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

Until required for other purposes, we maintain cash and cash equivalents in deposit or money market accounts.

 

Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005

 

At February 3, 2007, we had total cash and cash equivalents of $7.7 million compared with total cash and cash equivalents of $4.0 million at January 28, 2006. The most significant factors in the change in our net liquidity position during fiscal 2006 were the positive cash flow from operations and the financing cash flows provided by tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options, offset by net purchases of marketable securities and capital expenditures.

 

Inventory represented 38.2% of our total assets as of February 3, 2007. Management’s ability to manage our inventory can have a significant impact on our cash flows from operations during a given interim period or fiscal year. In addition, inventory purchases can be seasonal in nature, such as the purchase of warm-weather or Christmas-related merchandise.

 

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $19.1 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $27.7 million in fiscal 2005. The main sources of cash provided during fiscal 2006 were net income adjusted for depreciation and amortization, deferred income taxes and noncash stock-based compensation expense, totaling $28.3 million, increases in accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities of $4.4 million and an increase in accrued compensation of $1.2 million. Uses of cash consisted of a $13.2 million increase in inventory net of accounts payable and a $1.7 million increase in prepaid assets.  The change in income taxes payable was substantially offset by excess tax benefits from stock option exercises.

 

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities was $26.9 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $66.0 million in fiscal 2005. Cash used for the purchase of property and equipment increased during fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005 primarily due to capital expenditures in the amount of $20.5 million ($15.7 million, excluding equipment financed by capital leases) in fiscal 2006 for the build out of 42 new stores and seven store relocations/expansions, purchase of markdown scanners, build out of a distribution center in Darlington and other general corporate purposes, compared to $12.1 million ($11.6 million, excluding equipment financed by capital leases) in fiscal 2005 for the build out of 36 new stores and four relocations/expansions, purchase of our distribution center in Darlington and other general corporate purposes. Other uses of cash included net purchases of marketable securities of $11.5 million in 2006 and $54.5 million in 2005.

 

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $11.5 million in fiscal 2006 and $35.5 million in fiscal 2005. Financing activities in fiscal 2006 consisted primarily of the tax benefit from stock exercises of $12.2 million, partially offset by repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations of $0.8 million, while in 2005, there were $41.1 million of proceeds from the initial public offering and $400,000 from stock option exercises, partially offset by a payment of $3.6 million in connection with the redemption of our preferred stock and $2.4 million of repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations.

 

26



 

Until required for other purposes, we maintain cash and cash equivalents in deposit or money market accounts.

 

Liquidity Sources, Requirements and Contractual Cash Requirements and Commitments

 

Our principal sources of liquidity consist of: (i) cash and cash equivalents (which equaled $6.2 million as of February 2, 2008); (ii) trade credit; (iii) cash generated from operations on an ongoing basis as we sell our merchandise inventory; and (iv) as of March 26, 2008, a $35 million revolving credit facility. Short-term trade credit represents a significant source of financing for inventory purchases. Trade credit arises from customary payment terms and trade practices with our vendors.  Historically, our principal liquidity requirements have been for working capital and capital expenditure needs.

 

At February 2, 2008, the Company had $56.2 million of short-term investments in municipal auction rate securities (“ARS”) issued by student loan funding organizations.  These securities are high-grade (AAA rated) and approximately 84% of them are either guaranteed by the Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program or backed by insurance companies. Historically, the ARS provided liquidity via an auction process that reset the interest rate every 35 days, allowing investors to either roll over their investments or sell them at par.  Subsequent to February 2, 2008, there has been insufficient demand for these types of investments during the auctions and, as a result, these securities are not currently liquid. As a result, we rolled over our investments, earning interest rates that were approximately 2% higher, on average, than were being earned previously.

 

Due to the lack of liquidity in the ARS, we may not be able to access cash by selling these securities without incurring a loss of principal until either, liquidity returns to the auction process, a secondary market emerges, they are redeemed by the issuer, or they mature in years ranging from 2010 to 2040. We will assess the potential impairment in future periods based on several factors, including whether liquidity returns to the market, the forecasted recovery of the securities, and our ability and intent to hold the investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Such an assessment may change the classification of these investments to long-term or result in an impairment charge. If we determine that the fair value of these securities is temporarily impaired, we would record a temporary charge within other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. If it is determined that the fair value of these securities is other-than-temporarily impaired, we would record a loss in our Statements of Income.

 

We believe that our existing sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our operations and anticipated capital expenditures for at least the next 24 months.

 

We anticipate that capital expenditures will be approximately $17 million to $20 million in fiscal 2008. These expenditures will relate to the purchase of property and equipment for approximately 40 stores that we plan to open in fiscal 2008 and the completion of the expansion of our Darlington distribution center. We plan to finance these capital expenditures with cash flow from operations and existing cash balances and, if necessary, borrowings under our $35 million revolving credit facility.

 

The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations as of February 2, 2008 and the periods in which payments are due:

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1-3
Years

 

3-5
Years

 

More than
5 Years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Contractual obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital leases

 

$

3,310

 

$

1,835

 

$

1,475

 

$

 

$

 

Operating leases (1)

 

65,931

 

18,703

 

30,671

 

14,893

 

1,664

 

Purchase obligations

 

64,438

 

64,438

 

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

133,679

 

$

84,976

 

$

32,146

 

$

14,893

 

$

1,664

 


(1)          Represents fixed minimum rentals in stores and does not include incremental rents which are computed as a percentage of net sales. For example, in fiscal 2007 incremental percentage rent was approximately $1.9 million, which represented 10.0% of total rent expense.

 

27



 

Indebtedness. We had a $25 million revolving line of credit with Wachovia Capital Finance secured by substantially all of our assets and pursuant to which we paid customary fees. This secured line of credit expired on April 2, 2007 and was not renewed.

 

In September 2003, we entered into a $3 million unsecured revolving line of credit with Bank of America that expired on June 26, 2007. This facility was renewed for a period of one year, expiring June 30, 2008. Borrowings under this credit agreement bear interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.0%. At February 2, 2008, there were no outstanding borrowings on the unsecured revolving line of credit.

 

Subsequent to February 2, 2008, the Company obtained a $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with Bank of America, replacing the $3 million facility described above.  This facility has a term of 364 days, has an unused commitment fee equal to 0.15%, and has one restrictive financial covenant (adjusted leverage ratio).  Loans under the facility shall bear interest at either (a) a rate equal to the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (ii) Bank of America’s prime rate, plus an applicable margin; or (b) a rate equal to LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is dependent on the Company’s adjusted leverage ratio and ranges from 1.00% to 1.50% for LIBOR-based loans, and from 0.00% to 0.50% for prime rate-based loans. We have had no borrowings under this facility.

 

Capital Leases. We have capital lease obligations that financed the purchase of technology equipment. As of February 2, 2008, our capital lease obligations were $3.0 million. These obligations have maturity dates ranging from May 2008 to December 2009. The interest rates on these obligations range from 11.3% to 13.0%. All of these obligations are secured by the technology equipment.  The lease agreements contain cross default provisions which result in a default if the Company is out of compliance with any other borrowing agreements.

 

Operating Leases. We lease our stores under operating leases, which generally have an initial term of five years with one five-year renewal option. The typical store lease requires a combination of both fixed monthly rentals and rentals computed as percentage of net sales after a certain sales threshold has been met. Included in our operating lease contractual obligations are the minimum monthly rental payments for our Los Angeles and New York City buyers’ offices. For fiscal 2007, rental expense was $19.3 million compared to $16.0 million in fiscal 2006 (including approximately $1.9 million and $2.5 million of percentage rent, respectively, in fiscal 2007 and 2006).

 

Construction. We have executed various agreements with a construction company and certain other providers of services and equipment, which commit the Company to the expansion of its distribution center in Darlington, South Carolina and the later implementation of a new warehouse management system. The distribution center is expected to be substantially completed in the spring of 2008, while implementation of the new warehouse management system is anticipated in the last half of 2008. The aggregate cost of the projects is presently expected to approximate $15 million. Through February 2, 2008, approximately $7.2 million of the cost of these projects has been paid.

 

Purchase Obligations. As of February 2, 2008, we had purchase obligations of $64.4 million, all of which were for less than one year. These purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding merchandise orders.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Other than the store operating leases described above, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Outstanding Stock Options

 

As of February 2, 2008, we had outstanding vested options to purchase 424,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.67 per share and outstanding unvested options to purchase 136,000 shares of common stock at a weighted average price of $24.43 per share. The per share value of each share of common stock underlying the vested and unvested options, based on the difference between the exercise price per option and the estimated fair market value of the shares at the dates of the grant of the options (also referred to as intrinsic value), ranges from $0 to $4.20 per share. Based on the closing price of our common stock of $15.11 per share on February 1, 2008, the intrinsic value of the options outstanding on February 2, 2008 was $5.2 million, of which $5.0 million related to vested options and $200,000 related to unvested options.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We believe the following critical accounting policies describe the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements:

 

28



 

Revenue Recognition

 

While the recognition of revenue is predominantly derived from routine retail transactions and does not involve significant judgment, revenue recognition represents an important accounting policy of ours. We recognize retail sales net of sales taxes at the time the customer takes possession of the merchandise and purchases are paid for, less an allowance for returns. We allow for returns up to ten days after the date of sales and we reduce revenues for each fiscal year for returns in the ten days after the period ends. At February 2, 2008, the reserve for returns was $203,000. Revenue from layaway sales is recognized when the customer has paid for and received the merchandise. Layaway service charges, which are non-refundable, are recognized in revenue when collected. All sales are from cash, check or major credit card company transactions. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions related to revenue recognition during fiscal 2007.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market as determined by the retail inventory method, less a provision for estimated inventory shrinkage. Under the retail inventory method, the cost value of inventory and gross margins are determined by calculating a cost-to-retail ratio and applying it to the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates, including, among others, merchandise markups, markdowns and shrinkage, which impact the ending inventory valuation at cost as well as resulting gross margins. We estimate shrinkage for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date. The estimate for the shrinkage reserve can be affected by changes in actual shrinkage trends. Inventory shrinkage as a percentage of sales has ranged from 1.5% to 1.9% during fiscal years 2005 through 2007. We believe the first-in, first-out retail inventory method results in an inventory valuation that is fairly stated. Many retailers have arrangements with vendors that provide for rebates and allowances under certain conditions, which ultimately affect the value of the inventory. We do not generally enter into such arrangements with our vendors. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions related to the valuation of inventory during fiscal 2007.

 

Property and Equipment, net

 

We have a significant investment in property and equipment. Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease payments. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives (primarily three to five years for computer equipment and furniture, fixtures and equipment, five years for leasehold improvements and fifteen years for buildings) of the related assets or the relevant lease term including renewals that are reasonably assured, whichever is shorter. Any reduction in these estimated useful lives would result in a higher annual depreciation expense for the related assets. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions related to the valuation and classification of property and equipment during fiscal 2007.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We continually evaluate whether events and changes in circumstances warrant revised estimates of the useful lives or recognition of an impairment loss for long-lived assets. Future adverse changes in market and legal conditions, or poor operating results of underlying assets could result in losses or an inability to recover the carrying value of the long-lived asset, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the future. If facts and circumstances indicate that a long-lived asset, including property and equipment, may be impaired, the carrying value is reviewed. If this review indicates that the carrying value of the asset will not be recovered as determined based on projected undiscounted cash flows related to the asset over its remaining life, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. Impairment losses in the future are dependent on a number of factors such as site selection and general economic trends, and thus could be significantly different from historical results. To the extent our estimates for net sales, gross profit and store expenses are not realized, future assessments of recoverability could result in impairment charges. There were no impairment charges during fiscal years 2005 through 2007. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions related to impairment of long-lived assets during fiscal 2007.

 

29



 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004) Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”) during the first quarter of fiscal 2006.  SFAS No. 123R requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based awards made to employees based on estimated fair value of the award.  The determination of the fair value of our stock options on the date of grant using an option-price model is affected by our stock price as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables.  These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. The fair values of options and shares issued pursuant to the stock based compensation plans at each grant date were estimated using the Black-Scholes Merton option pricing model.  If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of SFAS No. 123R in future periods, the compensation expense recorded under SFAS No. 123R may differ significantly from the amount recorded in the current period. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions used to determine stock-based compensation during fiscal 2007.

 

Operating Leases

 

We lease all of our store properties and account for the leases as operating leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases. Many lease agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and/or contingent rent provisions. For purposes of recognizing incentives and minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases, we use the date of initial possession to begin amortization, which is generally when we enter the space and begin to make improvements in preparation of intended use.

 

For scheduled rent escalation clauses during the lease terms or for rental payments commencing “rent holidays” at a date other than the date of initial occupancy, we record minimum rental expenses on a straight-line basis over the terms of the leases. For tenant improvement allowances we record a deferred rent liability on the balance sheets and amortize the deferred rent over the terms of the leases.

 

Certain leases provide for contingent rents that are not measurable at inception. These contingent rents are primarily based on a percentage of sales that are in excess of a predetermined level. These amounts are excluded from minimum rent and are included in the determination of total rent expense when it is probable that the expense has been incurred and the amount is reasonably estimable. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions related to operating leases during fiscal 2007.

 

Accounting for Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . The computation of income taxes is subject to estimation due to the judgment required and the uncertainty related to the recoverability of deferred tax assets or the outcome of tax audits. We adjust our income tax provision in the period it is determined that actual results will differ from its estimates. Tax law and rate changes are reflected in the income tax provision in the year in which such changes are enacted. There were no material changes in the estimates or assumptions related to income taxes during fiscal 2007.

 

The above listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all our accounting policies. In many cases the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, with no need for management’s judgment in their application. There are also areas in which management’s judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) ratified EITF Issue 06-3, “How Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation).” A consensus was reached that entities may adopt a policy of presenting taxes in the income statement on either a gross or net basis. An entity should disclose its policy of presenting taxes and the amount of any taxes presented on a gross basis should be disclosed, if significant. The guidance is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2006. We present sales net of sales taxes. EITF 06-3 did not impact the method for recording these sales taxes in our financial statements.

 

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertain tax positions, as defined therein.  FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes.  In May 2007, the FASB issued FSP FIN 48-1, Definition of a Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FSP FIN 48-1”).  FSP FIN 48-1 clarifies when a tax position is considered settled under FIN 48.  Per FSP FIN 48-1, a tax position is considered “effectively settled” upon completion of the examination by the taxing authority without being legally extinguished.  For “effectively settled” tax positions, a company can recognize the full amount of the tax benefit.  FSP FIN 48-1 was effective with the Company’s adoption of FIN 48.  On February 4, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48.  FIN 48 requires that each tax position be reviewed and assessed with recognition and measurement of the tax benefit based on a “more-likely-than-not” standard with respect to the ultimate outcome, regardless of whether this assessment is favorable or unfavorable.  The Company has completed its review and assessment of all tax positions and during fiscal year 2007 recorded a net

 

30



 

benefit to retained earnings and a decrease to current liabilities of $301,000 in accordance with the new accounting guidance.  The Company files income tax returns in U.S. Federal and state jurisdictions and is subject to examinations by the IRS and other taxing authorities.  At February 2, 2008, there were no benefits taken on the Company’s income tax returns that do not qualify for financial statement recognition under FIN 48.   Under FIN 48, if a tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid payment of penalties and interest, a company is required to recognize an expense for the amount of the interest and penalty in the period in which the company claims or expects to claim the position on its tax return.  For financial statement purposes, FIN 48 allows companies to elect whether to classify such charges as either income tax expense or another expense classification.  Should such expense be incurred in the future, the Company will classify such interest as a component of interest expense and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measures (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances.  The provisions of this statement are to be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which this statement is initially applied, with any transition adjustment recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings.  The provisions of SFAS No. 157, as issued, are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  However, at the February 6, 2008 meeting, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”) and agreed to defer for one year the effective date of Statement 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (that is, at least annually).  Also in February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 (“FSP FAS 157-1”).  FSP FAS 157-1 amends FASB Statement No. 157, to exclude FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under Statement 13.  FSP FAS 157-1 is effective with the initial adoption of SFAS 157.  The Company does not expect that SFAS No. 157, including FSP FAS 157-1, will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.”  SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  SFAS No. 159 applies to all entities that elect the fair value option.  The provisions of SFAS No. 159 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 which for the Company allows adoption of this statement in the fiscal year beginning February 3, 2008.  The Company has not chosen the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities, therefore, this statement did not have and is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, Share-Based Payment (“SAB 110”).  SAB 110 allows for continued use of the simplified method for estimating the expected term of “plain vanilla” share option grants under specified conditions.  The expected term used to value a share option grant under the simplified method is the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the share option.  SAB 110 eliminates the December 31, 2007 sunset provision previously specified in SAB 107.  SAB 110 is effective for share option grants made on or after January 1, 2008.  As noted in Note 8(f), the Company has utilized the simplified method for estimating the expected term of its stock option grants under SAB 107 and SAB 110 and will continue to utilize this simplified method until the Company has sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis to estimate the expected term.

 

31



 

ITEM 7A.       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

In June 2005 we began investing excess cash in auction rate securities (“ARS”). At February 2, 2008, the Company had $56.2 million of short-term investments in municipal auction rate securities issued by student loan funding organizations.  These securities are high-grade (AAA rated) and approximately 84% of them are either guaranteed by the Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) or backed by insurance companies. Approximately 44% of the ARS are guaranteed under FFELP, while 35% are backed by insurance from AMBAC Assurance Corporation (AMBAC) and 9% are backed by MBIA Insurance Corporation (MBIA). The S&P equivalent ratings as of February 2, 2008 for both AMBAC and MBIA were AAA, with a negative watch; however, both were subsequently taken off negative watch and their AAA ratings were reaffirmed.

 

Historically, the ARS provided liquidity via an auction process that reset the interest rate every 35 days, allowing investors to either roll over their investments or sell them at par.  Subsequent to February 2, 2008, there has been insufficient demand for these types of investments during the auctions and, as a result, these securities are not currently liquid. We may not be able to access cash by selling these securities without incurring a loss of principal until either, liquidity returns to the auction process, a secondary market emerges, they are redeemed by the issuer, or they mature in years ranging from 2010 to 2040.  We will assess the potential impairment in future periods based on several factors, including whether liquidity returns to the market, the forecasted recovery of the securities, and our ability and intent to hold the investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Such an assessment may change the classification of these investments to long-term or result in an impairment charge. If we determine that the fair value of these securities is temporarily impaired, we would record a temporary charge within other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. If it is determined that the fair value of these securities is other-than-temporarily impaired, we would record a loss in our Statements of Income.

 

We are also exposed to financial market risks related to changes in interest rates connected with our revolving lines of credit, which bear interest at variable rates. We cannot predict market fluctuations in interest rates. As a result, future results may differ materially from estimated results due to adverse changes in interest rates or debt availability. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase in prevailing market interest rates would not have materially impacted our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for fiscal 2007.  We do not engage in financial transactions for trading or speculative purposes and have not entered into any interest rate hedging contracts.

 

We source all of our product from apparel markets in the United States in U.S. Dollars and, therefore, are not subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. We have not entered into forward contracts to hedge against fluctuations in foreign currency prices.

 

ITEM 8.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

The financial statements required by this item and the report of the independent accountant thereon required by Item 14(a)(2) appear beginning on page F-2 of this Report.  See accompanying Index to the financial statements on page F-1. The supplementary financial data required by Item 302 of Regulation S-K appears in note 12 to the financial statements.

 

ITEM 9.                             CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A.       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Report pursuant to Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer each concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information has been accumulated and communicated to our management, including the officers who certify our financial reports, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding the required disclosures.

 

32



 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fiscal quarter ended February 2, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

For the Report of Management on Internal Control and the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, see Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

33


 


PART III

 

ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The information required by this Item with respect to our executive officers and directors, compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, the committees of our Board of Directors, our Audit Committee Financial Expert and our Code of Ethics is incorporated herein by reference to information under the captions entitled “Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”  in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed hereafter) in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this Report).

 

ITEM 11.       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to information under the captions entitled “Executive Compensation,” “Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Compensation Committee Report” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed hereafter) in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this Report).

 

ITEM 12.                      SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The information required by this Item with respect to ownership of our common stock is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption entitled “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed hereafter) in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this Report).

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information.  The following table represents those securities authorized for issuance as of February 2, 2008 under our existing equity compensation plans.

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (1) (a)

 

Weighted average
exercise price of outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (2) (b)

 

Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column 
(a)) (3) (c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

624,612

 

$

9.48

 

869,663

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

Total

 

624,612

 

$

9.48

 

869,663

 


(1)          Includes 430,337 outstanding options issued under the 1999 Allied Fashion Stock Option Plan.  This plan was replaced in May 2005 by the 2005 Citi Trends Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”), which provides for the issuance of up to 1,300,000 shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options or as awards of restricted stock and performance awards. Also, includes 129,804 outstanding options and 64,471 nonvested restricted stock grants issued under the Incentive Plan.

 

(2)          The weighted average exercise price is for options only and does not include nonvested restricted stock.

 

(3)          Consists of shares available for awards of options and other stock-based awards under the Incentive Plan.

 

ITEM 13.       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Board of Directors and Committees of the Board of Directors” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed hereafter) in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this Report).

 

34



 

ITEM 14.       PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the caption entitled “Ratification of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our definitive proxy statement (to be filed hereafter) in connection with our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and possibly elsewhere in the proxy statement (or will be filed by amendment to this Report).

 

35



 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)(1)       Financial Statements

 

See accompanying Financial Statements beginning on page F-1.

 

(a)(2)       Financial Statement Schedules

 

All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable or the information is included in the Financial Statements, and therefore, have been omitted.

 

(a)(3)       Exhibits

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended by the Certificate of Amendment dated June 22, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2006)

 

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-125611) filed with the SEC on June 8, 2005)

 

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.01 par value (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on April 29, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.1

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between R. Edward Anderson and Citi Trends, Inc., dated as of December 30, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.2

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between George Bellino and Citi Trends, Inc., dated as of December 30, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2005)

 

 

 

10.3

 

The Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 2, 1999, by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2005)

 

 

 

10.4

 

First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2000, by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2005)

 

 

 

10.5

 

Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2000, by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and Allied Fashion, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2005)

 

 

 

10.6

 

Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 2003, by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and Citi Trends, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2005)

 

 

 

10.7

 

Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2005, by and between Congress Financial Corporation (Southwest) and Citi Trends, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2005)

 

 

 

10.8

 

Fifth Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 18, 2006, by and between Wachovia Capital Finance (formerly Congress Financial Corporation) and Citi Trends, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2006)

 

 

 

10.9

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2004, by and between Meyer Warehouse, LLC, as landlord, and Citi Trends, Inc., as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-123028) filed with the SEC on February 28, 2005)

 

 

36



 

10.11

 

$3.0 Million Loan Agreement between Citi Trends, Inc. and Bank of America dated June 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2006)

 

 

 

10.12

 

Amendment No. 1 dated August 28, 2006 to $3.0 Million Loan Agreement between Citi Trends, Inc. and Bank of America dated June 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.13

 

Allied Fashion, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option Plan (as previously amended and restated effective as of June 17, 2004) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-125611) filed with the SEC on June 8, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.14

 

Amendment to the 1999 Allied Fashion Inc. Stock Option Plan (as previously amended and restated effective as of June 17, 2004) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.15

 

Citi Trends, Inc. 2005 Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-125611) filed with the SEC on June 8, 2005)

 

 

 

*10.16

 

Amendment to the Citi Trends, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2006)

 

 

 

*10.17

 

Amendment to the Citi Trends, Inc. 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.18

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 30, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.19

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.20

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.21

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.22

 

Offer Letter to Bruce D. Smith dated April 2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.23

 

Employment Non-Compete, Non-Solicit and Confidentiality Agreement between the Company and Bruce D. Smith dated April  2, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2007)

 

 

 

*10.24

 

Offer Letter to Ivy Council dated December 6, 2006

 

 

 

10.25

 

Credit Agreement dated March 26, 2008 among Citi Trends, Inc., as Borrower, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower identified therein, as the Guarantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as Lender

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of R. Edward Anderson, Chief Executive Officer, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Bruce D. Smith, Chief Financial Officer, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of R. Edward Anderson, Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification of Bruce D. Smith, Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002


*                    Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

37



 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

CITI TRENDS, INC.

(Registrant)

 

 

 

 

 

Date

April 16, 2008

By

/s/ R. Edward Anderson

 

/s/ Bruce D. Smith

 

 

 

R. Edward Anderson

 

Bruce D. Smith

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ R. Edward Anderson

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

April 16, 2008

R. Edward Anderson

 

(Principal Executive Officer) and

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce D. Smith

 

Senior Vice President and

 

April 16, 2008

Bruce D. Smith

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Brian P. Carney

 

Director

 

April 16, 2008

Brian P. Carney

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lawrence E. Hyatt

 

Director

 

April 16, 2008

Lawrence E. Hyatt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John S. Lupo

 

Director

 

April 16, 2008

John S. Lupo

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Patricia M. Luzier

 

Director

 

April 16, 2008

Patricia M. Luzier

 

 

 

 

 

38


 


Citi Trends, Inc.
Index to Financial Statements

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2008, FEBRUARY 3, 2007 AND JANUARY 28, 2006

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

F-2

 

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-3

 

 

Balance Sheets as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007

F-5

 

 

Statements of Income for the Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

F-6

 

 

Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

F-7

 

 

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

F-8

 

 

Notes to Financial Statements for the Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

F-9

 

F-1



 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, we assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on the criteria described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this assessment, the Company’s management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria as of February 2, 2008.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, as stated in their report which is included herein.

 

F-2



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Citi Trends, Inc.:

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Citi Trends, Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 2, 2008, and February 3, 2007, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Citi Trends, Inc. as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

As discussed in note 2 to the financial statements, effective February 4, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FAS 109, effective January 29, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of the Statement of Financial Accounting No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment”, and effective January 28, 2006 the Company adopted the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations”.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Citi Trends, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated April 14, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

April 14, 2008

Jacksonville, Florida

Certified Public Accountants

 

F-3



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Citi Trends, Inc.:

 

We have audited Citi Trends, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Citi Trends, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, Citi Trends, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the balance sheets of Citi Trends, Inc. as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006 and our report dated April 14, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/KPMG LLP

April 14, 2008

Jacksonville, Florida

Certified Public Accountants

 

F-4



 

Citi Trends, Inc.

Balance Sheets
February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007

(in thousands, except per share and share amounts)

 

 

 

February 2,
2008

 

February 3,
2007

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

6,203

 

$

7,707

 

Short-term investments

 

56,165

 

65,956

 

Inventory

 

82,420

 

73,360

 

Prepaid and other current assets

 

5,888

 

4,810

 

Deferred tax asset

 

2,838

 

2,190

 

Total current assets

 

153,514

 

154,023

 

Property and equipment, net

 

52,207

 

34,754

 

Goodwill

 

1,371

 

1,371

 

Deferred tax asset

 

2,756

 

1,681

 

Other assets

 

329

 

278

 

Total assets

 

$

210,177

 

$

192,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

43,566

 

$

46,894

 

Accrued expenses

 

11,864

 

9,393

 

Accrued compensation

 

5,225

 

6,194

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

 

109

 

Current portion of capital lease obligations

 

1,580

 

1,659

 

Income tax payable

 

1,155

 

830

 

Layaway deposits

 

635

 

576

 

Total current liabilities

 

64,025

 

65,655

 

Capital lease obligations, less current portion

 

1,403

 

2,983

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

6,602

 

5,260

 

Total liabilities

 

72,030

 

73,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value. Authorized 32,000,000 shares; 14,265,471 shares issued as of February 2, 2008 and 13,972,437 shares issued as of February 3, 2007; 14,099,721 shares outstanding as of February 2, 2008 and 13,806,687 shares outstanding as of February 3, 2007

 

142

 

140

 

Paid in capital

 

68,276

 

62,855

 

Retained earnings

 

69,894

 

55,379

 

Treasury stock, at cost; 165,750 shares as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007

 

(165

)

(165

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

138,147

 

118,209

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

210,177

 

$

192,107

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-5



 

Citi Trends, Inc.

Statements of Income
Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2007

 

Fiscal 2006

 

Fiscal 2005

 

Net sales

 

$

437,515

 

$

381,918

 

$

289,804

 

Cost of sales

 

278,783

 

235,744

 

178,953

 

Gross profit

 

158,732

 

146,174

 

110,851

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

127,470

 

107,535

 

83,559

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

12,583

 

8,326

 

6,087

 

Income from operations

 

18,679

 

30,313

 

21,205

 

Interest income

 

2,383

 

2,014

 

891

 

Interest expense

 

(469

)

(359

)

(345

)

Income before income tax expense

 

20,593

 

31,968

 

21,751

 

Income tax expense

 

6,379

 

10,617

 

7,551

 

Net income

 

$

14,214

 

$

21,351

 

$

14,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net income per common share

 

$

1.02

 

$

1.57

 

$

1.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net income per common share

 

$

1.00

 

$

1.51

 

$

1.08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

13,946

 

13,575

 

11,747

 

Diluted

 

14,223

 

14,138

 

13,149

 

 

 See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-6



 

Citi Trends, Inc.

Statements of Cash Flows
 Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Fiscal 2007

 

Fiscal 2006

 

Fiscal 2005

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

14,214

 

$

21,351

 

$

14,200

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends on preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption

 

 

 

100

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

12,583

 

8,326

 

6,087

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(1,401

)

(2,248

)

(1,302

)

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

59

 

90

 

161

 

Noncash stock-based compensation expense

 

1,496

 

842

 

101

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements

 

(3,516

)

(12,249

)

4,180

 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

(9,060

)

(19,339

)

(17,848

)

Prepaid and other current assets

 

(1,078

)

(1,710

)

(288

)

Other assets

 

(51

)

(85

)

(104

)

Accounts payable

 

(3,328

)

6,189

 

17,562

 

Accrued expenses and other long-term liabilities

 

3,813

 

4,442

 

3,788

 

Accrued compensation

 

(969

)

1,214

 

2,443

 

Income tax payable

 

3,820

 

12,031

 

(1,407

)

Layaway deposits

 

59

 

258

 

65

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

16,641

 

19,112

 

27,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of short-term investments

 

(33,989

)

(49,476

)

(67,057

)

Sales of short-term investments

 

43,780

 

37,978

 

12,599

 

Insurance proceeds received

 

 

269

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(30,095

)

(15,652

)

(11,554

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(20,304

)

(26,881

)

(66,012

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based payment arrangements

 

3,516

 

12,249

 

 

Repayments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

(1,768

)

(786

)

(2,442

)

Redemption of preferred shares

 

 

 

(3,605

)

Proceeds from payment of stockholder note receivable

 

 

 

24

 

Cash used to settle equity instruments granted under stock-based payment arrangements

 

 

(896

)

 

Proceeds from the sale of stock and exercise of stock options

 

411

 

914

 

41,480

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

2,159

 

11,481

 

35,457

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,504

)

3,712

 

(2,817

)

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of period

 

7,707

 

3,995

 

6,812

 

End of period

 

$

6,203

 

$

7,707

 

$

3,995

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

446

 

$

321

 

$

741

 

Cash paid for income taxes

 

$

3,961

 

$

834

 

$

6,081

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property and equipment financed through capital leases

 

$

 

$

4,809

 

$

514

 

Paid in Capital for the exercise of stock options satisfied by the surrender of shares

 

$

13

 

$

23

 

$

 

Recognition of asset retirement obligations with the adoption of FIN 47

 

$

 

$

 

$

221

 

Insurance settlement not yet received related to loss of fixed assets and inventory

 

$

 

$

 

$

538

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48

 

$

301

 

$

 

$

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-7



 

Citi Trends, Inc.

Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
 Years Ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid in

 

Retained

 

Treasury Stock

 

Subscription

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Receivable

 

Total

 

Balances—January 29, 2005

 

9,460,750

 

$

95

 

$

4,030

 

$

19,828

 

165,750

 

$

(165

)

$

(24

)

$

23,764

 

Initial public offering

 

3,277,500

 

33

 

41,059

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,092

 

Exercise of stock options

 

441,515

 

4

 

384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

388

 

Tax benefit of stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

4,180

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,180

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

Payment received on subscription receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

24

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,200

 

Balances—January 28, 2006

 

13,179,765

 

$

132

 

$

49,754

 

$

34,028

 

165,750

 

$

(165

)

$

 

$

83,749

 

Exercise of stock options

 

792,672

 

8

 

929

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

937

 

Tax benefit of stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

12,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,249

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

842

 

Net share settlement of options

 

 

 

 

 

(919

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(919

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,351

 

Balances—February 3, 2007

 

13,972,437

 

$

140

 

$

62,855

 

$

55,379

 

165,750

 

$

(165

)

$

 

$

118,209

 

Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

301

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

301

 

Exercise of stock options

 

228,563

 

2

 

409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

411

 

Tax benefit of stock options exercised

 

 

 

 

 

3,516

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,516

 

Issuance of unvested shares to employees and directors under incentive plan

 

64,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,496

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,214

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,214

 

Balances—February 2, 2008

 

14,265,471

 

$

142

 

$

68,276

 

$

69,894

 

165,750

 

$

(165

)

$

 

$

138,147

 

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements

 

F-8


 


Citi Trends, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statements
February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006

 

(1)           Organization and Business

 

Citi Trends, Inc. (the “Company”) is a rapidly growing, value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel and accessories for the entire family. As of February 2, 2008, the Company operated 319 stores in 20 states.

 

(2)           Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

(a)   Fiscal Year

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 of each year. The years ended February 2, 2008, February 3, 2007 and January 28, 2006 are referred to as fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively, in the accompanying financial statements. Fiscal year 2006 is comprised of 53 weeks.  Fiscal years 2007 and 2005 are each comprised of 52 weeks.

 

(b)   Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

For purposes of the balance sheets and statements of cash flows, the Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities at date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

 

(c)   Short-term Investments

 

The Company classifies all investments as available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at estimated fair value, based on available market information, with unrealized gains and losses, if any, reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Short-term investments consist exclusively of municipal auction rate securities (“ARS”) issued by student loan funding organizations. These securities are high-grade (AAA rated) and approximately 84% of them are either guaranteed by the Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (40%) or backed by insurance companies, AMBAC Assurance Corporation (35%) and MBIA Insurance Corporation (9%). Historically, the ARS provided liquidity via an auction process that reset the interest rate every 35 days, allowing investors to either roll over their investments or sell them at par. Since these auction rate securities typically trade at short-term intervals, they have been classified as current assets. All income generated from these investments is recorded as interest income.

 

Subsequent to February 2, 2008, there has been insufficient demand for these types of investments during the auctions and, as a result, these securities are not currently liquid. The Company may not be able to access cash by selling these securities without incurring a loss of principal until either, liquidity returns to the auction process, a secondary market emerges, they are redeemed by the issuer, or they mature in years ranging from 2010 to 2040.  We will assess the potential impairment in future periods based on several factors, including whether liquidity returns to the market, the forecasted recovery of the securities, and our ability and intent to hold the investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value. Such an assessment may change the classification of these investments to long-term or result in an impairment charge. If we determine that the fair value of these securities is temporarily impaired, we would record a temporary charge within other comprehensive income, a component of stockholders’ equity. If it is determined that the fair value of these securities is other-than-temporarily impaired, we would record a loss in our Statements of Income.

 

(d)   Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or market as determined by the retail inventory method, less a provision for inventory shrinkage. Under the retail inventory method, the cost value of inventory and gross margins are determined by calculating a cost-to-retail ratio and applying it to the retail value of inventory.

 

(e)   Property and Equipment, net

 

Property and equipment, net are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment under capital leases is stated at the present value of the required minimum lease payments per the applicable lease agreement. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives (principally three to five years for computer equipment and furniture, fixtures and equipment, five years for leasehold improvements, and fifteen years for buildings) of the related assets or the relevant lease term including renewals that are reasonably assured, whichever is shorter.

 

F-9



 

(f)   Goodwill

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired.  Pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination and determined to have an indefinite useful life is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually. The Company performed this analysis at the end of fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006 and no impairment was indicated for either year.

 

(g)    Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 144 (“Statement 144”), Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, if facts and circumstances indicate that a long-lived asset, including property and equipment, may be impaired, the carrying value of long-lived assets is reviewed. If this review indicates that the carrying value of the asset will not be recovered as determined based on projected undiscounted cash flows related to the asset over its remaining life, the carrying value of the asset is reduced to its estimated fair value. Impairment losses in the future are dependent on a number of factors such as site selection and general economic trends, and thus could be significantly different from historical results. To the extent the Company’s estimates for net sales, gross profit and store expenses are not realized, future assessments of recoverability could result in impairment charges.

 

(h)   Stock-Based Compensation

 

For fiscal years prior to 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting prescribed by the Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations including FASB interpretation (FIN) No. 44,  Accounting for Certain Transactions involving Stock Compensation, an interpretation of APB Opinion No. 25, to account for its fixed-plan stock options. Under this method, compensation expense was recorded on the date of grant only if the then-current fair value of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price.  The Company recognized the fair value of stock rights granted to non-employees in the financial statements. SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation-Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB statement No. 123, established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As permitted by the accounting standards, the Company continued to apply the intrinsic-value based method of accounting as described previously and adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, as amended.

 

Effective January 29, 2006, the Company began recording compensation expense associated with all stock options and unvested restricted stock in accordance with SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS No. 123R”), as interpreted by SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107. The Company selected the “Modified Prospective” transition approach for adoption of SFAS No. 123R. Under the Modified Prospective approach, prior periods are not restated. Compensation expense for the unvested portions of grants awarded prior to January 29, 2006 are recognized over the grants’ remaining service periods using the compensation cost calculated previously for pro-forma disclosure under APB Opinion No. 25. For awards granted after January 28, 2006, the Company is recognizing compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. See Note 8 for additional information on the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.

 

(i)   Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue from retail sales is recognized at the time of the sale, net of sales taxes collected and net of an allowance for estimated returns. The Company allows for returns up to 10 days after the date of sales and the Company reduces revenues for each fiscal year  for returns in the 10 days after the year ends. Revenue from layaway sales is recognized when the customer has paid for and received the merchandise. If the merchandise is not fully paid for within 60 days, the customer is given a store credit for merchandise payments made, less a re-stocking fee and a layaway service charge. Layaway service charges, which are non-refundable, are recognized in revenue when collected. All sales are from cash, check or major credit card company transactions. The Company does not offer company-sponsored customer credit accounts or gift cards.

 

(j)   Cost of Sales

 

Cost of sales includes the cost of inventory sold during the period and transportation costs, including inbound freight and freight from the distribution centers to the stores, net of discounts and allowances. Distribution center costs, store occupancy expenses and advertising expenses are not considered components of cost of sales and are included as part of selling, general and administrative expenses.

 

F-10



 

(k)   Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity

 

The Company has adopted SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equity. SFAS No. 150 establishes standards for the classification and measurement of certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equity. SFAS No. 150 also includes required disclosures for financial instruments within its scope. For the Company, SFAS No. 150 was effective for instruments entered into or modified after May 1, 2003 and otherwise effective as of February 1, 2004, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. As such, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 150 for its Series A Preferred Stock on July 6, 2003 which required the Company to classify the Series A Preferred Stock as a liability on the balance sheet. The effective date of SFAS No. 150 has been deferred indefinitely for certain other types of mandatorily redeemable financial instruments. To illustrate the effect of SFAS No. 150, the following table shows net income if SFAS No. 150 was not adopted (in thousands).

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

14,214

 

$

21,351

 

$

14,200

 

Add dividends on preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption

 

 

 

100

 

Pro forma net income

 

$

14,214

 

$

21,351

 

$

14,300

 

 

(l)   Earnings per Share

 

Basic earnings per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per common share amounts are calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the potential common shares that would have been outstanding upon the assumed exercise of all dilutive stock options and vesting of nonvested restricted stock.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the number of average common shares outstanding used to calculate earning per share to the number of common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding used in calculating diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005:

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Average number of common shares outstanding

 

13,946,342

 

13,574,718

 

11,746,866

 

Incremental shares from assumed exercises of stock options

 

276,887

 

563,345

 

1,401,736

 

Average number of common shares and common stock equivalents outstanding

 

14,223,229

 

14,138,063

 

13,148,602

 

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings per Share, the Company calculates the dilutive effect of stock-based compensation arrangements using the treasury stock method.  This method assumes that the proceeds the Company receives from the exercise of stock options are used to repurchase common shares in the market.  The adoption of SFAS No. 123R requires the Company to include as assumed proceeds the amount of compensation cost attributed to future services and not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits (both deferred and current), if any, that would be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of outstanding options and vesting of nonvested restricted stock.  For fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively, there were 61,000, 23,000 and 7,000 options outstanding to purchase shares of common stock excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because of antidilution.  There were no shares of nonvested restricted stock included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, because of antidilution.

 

For fiscal 2005 had the amount of incremental shares from assumed exercise of stock options been calculated consistently with the treasury stock method as modified due to the Company’s implementation of SFAS No. 123R on January 29, 2006, incremental shares assumed issued, the average number of common shares and common stock equivalents, and the resulting diluted earnings per share would have been as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal 2005

 

 

 

As Reported

 

Pro Forma

 

Average number of common shares outstanding

 

11,746,866

 

11,746,866

 

Incremental shares from assumed exercises of stock options

 

1,401,736

 

874,294

 

Average number of common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents outstanding

 

13,148,602

 

12,621,160

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income as reported

 

$

14,199,515

 

$

14,199,515

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.21

 

$

1.21

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.08

 

$

1.13

 

 

F-11



 

(m)   Advertising

 

The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising expense for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 was approximately $2.5 million, $1.9 million and $1.6 million, respectively.

 

(n)   Operating Leases

 

The Company accounts for its store and other leases in accordance with SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and other authoritative guidance.

 

Certain leases contain tenant improvement allowances, rent holidays, rent escalation clauses and/or contingent rent provisions. Incentives, rent holidays and minimum rental expenses are recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease based on the date of possession, which is generally the date the property is available to the Company to make improvements in preparation of its intended use. For tenant improvement allowances, the Company records a deferred rent liability on the balance sheet and amortizes the deferred rent over the term of the lease as a reduction to rent expense.

 

In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB interpretation (“FIN”) 47, Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations, which is an interpretation of SFAS 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations. This interpretation clarifies terminology within SFAS 143 and requires an entity to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation when incurred if the liability’s fair value can be reasonably estimated. The Company adopted FIN 47 as of January 28, 2006 and had a liability of $420,000 and $355,000 at February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, respectively, which is included in other long-term liabilities on the accompanying balance sheets and represents estimated expenses that would be incurred upon the termination of the Company’s operating leases.

 

(o)   Store Opening and Closing Costs

 

New and relocated store opening period costs are charged directly to expense when incurred. When the Company decides to close or relocate a store, the Company records an expense for the present value of expected future rent payments, net of sublease income, if any, in the period that a store closes or relocates. All store opening and closing costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses on the statements of income.

 

(p)   Income Taxes

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

(q)   Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and use assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

The most significant estimates made by management include those made in the valuation of inventory, stock-based compensation, property and equipment, income taxes, goodwill, and sales returns and allowances. Management periodically evaluates estimates used in the preparation of the financial statements for continued reasonableness. Appropriate adjustments, if any, to the estimates used are made prospectively based on such periodic evaluations.

 

(r)   Business Reporting Segments

 

The Company is a value-priced retailer of urban fashion apparel and accessories for the entire family. The Company’s executive officers review performance and the allocation of resources on a store by store basis. Because the Company operates one business activity and the level of review by the Company’s executive officers is on a store by store basis, the Company has determined that its operations are within one reportable segment. Accordingly, financial information on industry segments is not applicable. All sales and assets are located within the United States.

 

F-12



 

(s)   Other Comprehensive Income

 

The Company did not have any components of other comprehensive income for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005.

 

(t)   Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In June 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) ratified EITF Issue 06-3, “How Taxes Collected From Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That Is, Gross versus Net Presentation).” A consensus was reached that entities may adopt a policy of presenting taxes in the income statement on either a gross or net basis. An entity should disclose its policy of presenting taxes and the amount of any taxes presented on a gross basis should be disclosed, if significant. The guidance is effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company presents sales net of sales taxes. EITF 06-3 did not impact the method for recording these sales taxes in the Company’s financial statements.

 

In July 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (“FIN 48”), which clarifies the accounting and disclosure for uncertain tax positions, as defined therein.  FIN 48 seeks to reduce the diversity in practice associated with certain aspects of the recognition and measurement related to accounting for income taxes.  In May 2007, the FASB issued FSP FIN 48-1, Definition of a Settlement in FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FSP FIN 48-1”).  FSP FIN 48-1 clarifies when a tax position is considered settled under FIN 48.  Per FSP FIN 48-1, a tax position is considered “effectively settled” upon completion of the examination by the taxing authority without being legally extinguished.  For “effectively settled” tax positions, a company can recognize the full amount of the tax benefit.  FSP FIN 48-1 was effective with the Company’s adoption of FIN 48.  On February 4, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48.  FIN 48 requires that each tax position be reviewed and assessed with recognition and measurement of the tax benefit based on a “more-likely-than-not” standard with respect to the ultimate outcome, regardless of whether this assessment is favorable or unfavorable.  The Company has completed its review and assessment of all tax positions and during fiscal year 2007 recorded a net benefit to retained earnings and a decrease to current liabilities of $301,000 in accordance with the new accounting guidance.  The Company files income tax returns in U.S. Federal and state jurisdictions where it does business and is subject to examinations by the IRS and other taxing authorities.  At February 2, 2008, there were no benefits taken on the Company’s income tax returns that do not qualify for financial statement recognition under FIN 48.   Under FIN 48, if a tax position does not meet the minimum statutory threshold to avoid payment of penalties and interest, a company is required to recognize an expense for the amount of the interest and penalty in the period in which the company claims or expects to claim the position on its tax return.  For financial statement purposes, FIN 48 allows companies to elect whether to classify such charges as either income tax expense or another expense classification.  Should such expense be incurred in the future, the Company will classify such interest as a component of interest expense and penalties as a component of income tax expense.

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measures (“SFAS No. 157”). SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and requires additional disclosures about fair value measurements.  SFAS No. 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances.  The provisions of this statement are to be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which this statement is initially applied, with any transition adjustment recognized as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings.  The provisions of SFAS No. 157, as issued, are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007.  However, at the February 6, 2008 meeting, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157 (“FSP FAS 157-2”) and agreed to defer for one year the effective date of Statement 157 for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (that is, at least annually).  Also in February 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 157-1, Application of FASB Statement No. 157 to FASB Statement No. 13 and Other Accounting Pronouncements That Address Fair Value Measurements for Purposes of Lease Classification or Measurement under Statement 13 (“FSP FAS 157-1”).  FSP FAS 157-1 amends FASB Statement No. 157, to exclude FASB Statement No. 13, Accounting for Leases, and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under Statement 13.  FSP FAS 157-1 is effective with the initial adoption of SFAS 157.  The Company does not expect that SFAS No. 157, including FSP FAS 157-1, will have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.”  SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value.  SFAS No. 159 applies to all entities that elect the fair value option.  The provisions of SFAS No. 159 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 which for the Company allows adoption of this statement in the fiscal year beginning February 3, 2008.  The Company has not chosen the fair value option for any financial assets and liabilities, therefore, this statement is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

In December 2007, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 110, Share-Based Payment (“SAB 110”).  SAB 110 allows for continued use of the simplified method for estimating the expected term of “plain vanilla” share option grants under specified conditions.  The expected term used to value a share option grant under the simplified method is the mid-point between the vesting date and the contractual term of the share option.  SAB 110 eliminates the December 31, 2007 sunset provision previously specified in

 

F-13



 

SAB 107, Share-Based Payment.  SAB 110 is effective for share option grants made on or after January 1, 2008.  As noted in Note 8(f), the Company has utilized the simplified method for estimating the expected term of its stock option grants under SAB 107 and SAB 110 and will continue to utilize this simplified method until the Company has sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis to estimate the expected term.

 

(u)   Reclassifications

 

Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. The Company decreased cash and accounts payable through a reclassification of outstanding checks in the amount of $3,995,000, $5,084,000 and $4,989,000 at February 3, 2007, January 28, 2006 and January 29, 2005, respectively. This reclassification also caused net cash provided by operating activities shown in the statements of cash flows to increase by $1,089,000 in fiscal 2006 and decrease by $95,000 in fiscal 2005 from that previously reported.

 

(3)           Property and Equipment, net

 

The components of property and equipment at February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

February 2,
2008

 

February 3,
2007

 

Land

 

$

858

 

$

858

 

Buildings

 

4,708

 

3,204

 

Leasehold improvements

 

31,992

 

22,367

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

35,293

 

25,968

 

Computer equipment

 

13,519

 

11,880

 

Construction in progress

 

7,799

 

 

 

 

94,169

 

64,277

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(41,962

)

(29,523

)

 

 

$

52,207

 

$

34,754

 

 

Technology equipment held under capital leases and related accumulated depreciation was $8.4 million and $5.5 million, respectively, at February 2, 2008 and $8.5 million and $3.8 million, respectively, at February 3, 2007.

 

(4)           Revolving Lines of Credit

 

The Company had a $25 million revolving line of credit with Wachovia Capital Finance secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets and pursuant to which the Company paid customary fees. This secured line of credit expired on April 2, 2007 and was not renewed.

 

In September 2003, the Company entered into a $3 million unsecured revolving line of credit with Bank of America that expired on June 26, 2007. This facility was renewed for a period of one year, expiring June 30, 2008. Borrowings under the credit agreement bear interest at the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.00%. At February 2, 2008, there were no outstanding borrowings on the unsecured revolving line of credit.

 

On March 26, 2008, the Company obtained a $35 million unsecured revolving credit facility with Bank of America, replacing the $3 million facility described above.  This facility has a term of 364 days, has an unused commitment fee equal to 0.15%, and has one restrictive financial covenant (adjusted leverage ratio). The payment of cash dividends is prohibited under the terms of the facility. Loans under the facility shall bear interest at either (a) a rate equal to the higher of (i) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (ii) Bank of America’s prime rate, plus an applicable margin; or (b) a rate equal to LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin is dependent on the Company’s adjusted leverage ratio and ranges from 1.00% to 1.50% for LIBOR-based loans, and from 0.00% to 0.50% for prime rate-based loans. The Company has had no borrowings under this facility.

 

(5)           Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

 

Capital Leases. The Company has capital lease obligations that finance the purchase of certain technology equipment. These obligations have maturity dates ranging from May 2008 to December 2009. All of these obligations are secured by the technology equipment.  The lease agreements contain cross default provisions which make the Company in default on the lease if the Company is out of compliance with any other borrowing agreements.

 

F-14



 

As of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, long-term debt and capital lease obligations consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

February 2,
2008

 

February 3,
2007

 

Non-negotiable three year junior subordinated note payable on September 30, 2007 issued in exchange for 600 shares of common stock, interest rate at 6%

 

$

 

$

109

 

Capital lease obligations issued to finance purchase of technology equipment; payable in monthly installments averaging approximately $153 and $123 in 2008 and 2009, with maturity dates ranging from May 2008 to December 2009; interest at rates ranging from 11.3% to 13.0%; secured by technology equipment

 

2,983

 

4,642

 

 

 

2,983

 

4,751

 

Less current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

1,580

 

1,768

 

 

 

$

1,403

 

$

2,983

 

 

As of February 2, 2008, annual capital lease obligation maturities are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Fiscal Year

 

 

 

 

 

 

2008

 

$

1,835

 

 

 

 

2009

 

1,475

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,310

 

 

 

 

Less portion attributable to future interest payments (at rates ranging from 11.3% to 13.0%)

 

(327

)

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,983

 

 

 

 

(6)           Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

6,667

 

$

10,893

 

$

7,826

 

State

 

1,113

 

1,972

 

1,027

 

Total current

 

7,780

 

12,865

 

8,853

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(1,080

)

(1,733

)

(673

)

State

 

(321

)

(515

)

(629

)

Total deferred

 

(1,401

)

(2,248

)

(1,302

)

Total income tax expense

 

$

6,379

 

$

10,617

 

$

7,551

 

 

Income tax expense computed using the federal statutory rate is reconciled to the reported income tax expense as follows for fiscal 2007, 2006 and 2005 (in thousands):

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

Statutory rate applied to income before income taxes

 

$

7,208

 

$

10,869

 

$

7,395

 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

870

 

1,371

 

867

 

State tax credits

 

(395

)

(410

)

(603

)

Secondary offering expense

 

211

 

 

208

 

Tax exempt interest

 

(834

)

(677

)

(249

)

General business credits

 

(697

)

(403

)

(114

)

Dividends on preferred stock

 

 

 

34

 

Other

 

16

 

(133

)

13

 

Income tax expense

 

$

6,379

 

$

10,617

 

$

7,551

 

 

F-15


 


The components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007 are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred rent amortization

 

$

1,413

 

$

1,007

 

Inventory capitalization

 

1,666

 

1,450

 

Book and tax depreciation differences

 

1,905

 

811

 

Federal tax credits

 

 

918

 

Vacation liability

 

379

 

288

 

State tax credits

 

185

 

389

 

Stock options

 

970

 

 

Other

 

84

 

54

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

6,602

 

4,917

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

(703

)

(790

)

Goodwill

 

(305

)

(256

)

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

(1,008

)

(1,046

)

Net deferred tax asset

 

$

5,594

 

$

3,871

 

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible and income tax credits may be utilized, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.  Income tax credits generated but not yet utilized by the Company may be carried forward for periods ranging from 10 to 15 years. As such, a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was not considered necessary as of February 2, 2008 or February 3, 2007. The Company has $544,000 of tax credit carryforwards for one state, available for use through years 2016-2017 and tax credit carryforwards of $197,000 for another state, available for use through 2021. The Company files income tax returns with the U.S. federal government and various state jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to fiscal 2004.

 

(7)           Preferred Shares Subject to Mandatory Redemption

 

The Company’s Series A Preferred Stock was redeemed on May 18, 2005 using a portion of the proceeds of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”), which was completed on May 18, 2005.  The Company’s Series A Preferred Stock was nonvoting and had liquidation and dividend preferences over the common stock. At February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, the Company had no accrued interest and dividends.   In fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 the Company paid dividends and interest on the Series A Preferred Stock of $0, $0 and $480,000, respectively.

 

(8)           Stockholders’ Equity

 

(a)   Initial Public Offering

 

On May 18, 2005, the Company completed the IPO as a result of which the Company issued and sold 2,700,000 shares of common stock at $14.00 per share.  In addition, the Company received notice on May 27, 2005, that the underwriters had exercised the over-allotment option granted in connection with the IPO, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold an additional 577,500 shares on June 1, 2005. Upon completing the IPO, including the over-allotment option, the Company received aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $45.9 million and incurred approximately $4.8 million in expenses in connection with the initial public offering.  In addition, 1,150,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were sold in the IPO by certain selling stockholders of the Company, for which the Company received no proceeds.  As a result, upon the closing of the offering, there were 12,602,154 shares of common stock outstanding.   The Company’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CTRN”.

 

F-16



 

(b)   Stock Split

 

In connection with the IPO, on May 11, 2005, the Board of Directors approved a 26-for-1 stock split of the Company’s common stock. All share and per share amounts related to common stock and stock options included in the accompanying financial statements and notes have been restated to reflect the stock split.

 

(c)   Secondary Offering

 

On January 31, 2006, the Company completed a secondary offering of shares of the Company’s common stock by certain of its stockholders that was priced at $42.25 per share.  The offering consisted of 1,926,250 shares of the Company’s common stock.  All of the shares were sold by stockholders of the Company and, as a result, the Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the offering.  In connection with the offering, certain of the Company’s stockholders exercised options which were then sold in the offering for which the Company received approximately $473,000.  The Company incurred expenses in fiscal 2005 in connection with the secondary offering of approximately $525,000.

 

On June 18, 2007, the Company completed another secondary offering of shares of the Company’s common stock by certain of its stockholders that was priced at $37.92 per share.  The offering consisted of 2,455,250 shares of the Company’s common stock.  All of the shares were sold by stockholders of the Company and, as a result, the Company did not receive any of the proceeds from the offering.  In connection with the offering, certain of the Company’s stockholders exercised options which were then sold in the offering for which the Company received approximately $50,000.  The Company incurred expenses in fiscal 2007 in connection with the secondary offering of approximately $600,000.

 

(d)   Use of IPO Proceeds

 

The Company received net proceeds of approximately $41.1 million from the IPO.  Following the closing of the IPO, each of the Company’s 3,605 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (See note 7) were redeemed and extinguished for approximately $3.6 million, and the Company repaid in full the mortgage on its Fahm Street Headquarters and Distribution Center in the amount of approximately $1.5 million. Subsequent to the IPO, the Company spent through the end of fiscal 2005 approximately $6.8 million on capital expenditures for new stores and $2.4 million for the new distribution center in Darlington and utilized the remainder of the net proceeds of the IPO for general corporate purposes.

 

(e)   Stock Options Issued Below Fair Market Value Prior to Initial Public Offering

 

The Company issued 124,774 stock options to employees and directors in fiscal 2004 and 436,800 stock options to an officer in fiscal 2001 at exercise prices that were deemed to be below the fair market value of the stock.   Since the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock exceeded the exercise prices of the options on the dates of their respective grants, the Company recognized compensation expense related to these options in fiscal 2005 of approximately $101,000.

 

(f)   Stock-Based Compensation

 

On March 8, 2005, the Company adopted the 2005 Citi Trends, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan,  (the “Incentive Plan”), which became effective upon the consummation of the Company’s initial public offering in May 2005.   The Incentive Plan superseded and replaced the 1999 Allied Fashion Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”).  The 1999 Plan provided for the grant of incentive and nonqualified options to key employees and directors. The Board of Directors determined the exercise price of the option grants.  The option grants generally vested in equal installments over four years from the date of grant and are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant, which is the contractual life of the options. The Company authorized up to 1,950,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 1999 Plan. In August 2006, the plan was amended to permit the exercise price of stock options to be satisfied through net share settlements.

 

The Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified options, nonvested restricted stock and other forms of stock-based compensation to key employees and directors.  The Board of Directors determines the exercise prices of the option grants which are generally equal to the closing market price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant.  Option grants generally vest in equal installments over four years from the date of grant for employees and over one to three years for directors and are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant.   Under the Incentive Plan, the Company may issue up to 1,300,000 shares of common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of stock options and other equity incentive awards.  In August 2006, the plan was amended to permit the exercise price of stock options to be satisfied through net share settlements.

 

F-17



 

For fiscal years prior to 2006, the Company applied the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations, including FIN No. 44, to account for its fixed-plan stock options. Under this method, compensation expense was recorded on the date of grant only if the then-current fair value of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price.  The Company recognized the fair value of stock rights granted to non-employees in the financial statements. SFAS No. 123 and SFAS No. 148 established accounting and disclosure requirements using a fair-value-based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation plans. As permitted by the accounting standards, the Company continued to apply the intrinsic-value based method of accounting as described previously and adopted only the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, as amended.

 

Effective January 29, 2006, the Company began recording compensation expense associated with all stock options and other forms of equity compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123R. The Company selected the “Modified Prospective” transition approach for adoption of SFAS No. 123R. Under the Modified Prospective approach, prior periods are not restated. Compensation expense for the unvested portions of grants awarded prior to January 29, 2006 are recognized over the grants’ remaining service periods using the compensation cost calculated previously for pro-forma disclosure under APB Opinion No. 25 . For awards granted after January 28, 2006, the Company is recognizing compensation expense based on the grant-date fair value calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 123R.

 

Under SFAS No. 123R, the fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, which uses the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatility is based on estimated future volatility of the Company’s common stock price. Having completed its initial public offering in May 2005, the Company has limited historical data regarding the price of its publicly traded shares.  To estimate future volatility of the Company’s stock price, the stock price volatility of similar entities for which shares have been publicly traded for a period of seven years or more was measured (seven years is used because the weighted average expected life of the Company’s stock options is between six and seven years). The Company uses historical data to estimate forfeitures used in the model. The expected term of options granted is based on guidance provided by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletins 107 and 110 (“simplified method” for “plain vanilla” options).  The simplified method (available for entities which do not have sufficient historical exercise data available for making a refined estimate of expected term) assumes a 10 year contractual term with vesting at a rate of 25% per year. Accordingly, expected term = ((vesting term + original contractual term)/2). The risk-free interest rate for the periods which corresponds with the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve for the vesting period in effect at the time of grant.

 

No options were granted in fiscal 2007.   The fair value of options granted during fiscal 2006 and 2005 were estimated using the following weighted average assumptions:

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Expected dividend yield

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

Expected volatility

 

50.00

%

50.00

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.71

%

3.73

%

Weighted-average expected life, in years

 

6.2 years

 

6.2 years

 

 

A summary of the status of stock options under the Company’s stock option plans and changes during fiscal 2007 is presented in the table below:

 

 

 

2007

 

 

 

Options

 

Wtd. Avg. 
 Exercise 
 Price

 

Wtd. Avg.
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

Outstanding at beginning of period

 

818,291

 

$

7.67

 

5.7

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(228,563

)

1.87

 

3.6

 

 

Net shares settled

 

(1,503

)

8.39

 

5.9

 

 

Forfeited

 

(28,084

)

18.74

 

7.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at end of period

 

560,141

 

$

9.48

 

5.0

 

$

5,190,425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested or expected to vest at February 2, 2008

 

513,111

 

$

8.15

 

4.7

 

$

5,105,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at February 2, 2008

 

423,818

 

$

4.67

 

4.1

 

$

4,990,817

 

 

F-18



 

For fiscal 2007, the range of exercise prices was $0.38 to $44.03.  For fiscal 2006, the range of exercise prices and weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was $0.38 to $44.03 and 5.7 years, respectively.  For fiscal 2005, the range of exercise prices and weighted-average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was $0.38 to $35.75 and 5.5 years, respectively.

 

The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during fiscal 2006 was $22.03 per share, or approximately $2,074,000, for all options granted.  The weighted average grant-date fair value of options granted during fiscal 2005 was $7.76  per share, or approximately $1,354,000, for all options granted.  Cash received from options exercised totaled approximately $400,000, $900,000 and $400,000 in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.  The intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $8,136,000, $32,823,000 and $11,341,000 in fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, respectively.

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company presented all tax benefits resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the statements of cash flows. SFAS No. 123R requires that cash flows resulting from tax deductions in excess of the cumulative compensation cost recognized for options exercised (“excess tax benefits”) be classified as financing cash flows. Excess tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options was approximately $3.5 million and $12.2 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively.

 

The Company recognized $931,000 and $842,000 in compensation expense for option grants during fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2006, respectively. No compensation cost was recognized prior to January 29, 2006, except for option grants made in 2001 and 2004 that were issued below fair market value.  Had compensation cost for the Company’s share-based compensation plans been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123R, the Company’s net income and earnings per share for fiscal 2005 would have been reduced to the following pro forma amounts (in thousands, except for per share amounts):

 

 

 

2005

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

14,200

 

Add stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of tax of $35

 

66

 

Deduct total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair-value-based method for all awards, net of tax of $244

 

(459

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

13,807

 

As reported basic income per common share

 

$

1.21

 

Pro forma basic income per common share

 

$

1.18

 

As reported diluted income per common share

 

$

1.08

 

Pro forma diluted income per common share

 

$

1.05

 

 

As of February 2, 2008, the total compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards that will be incurred in future periods amounts to approximately $1,382,000.  The weighted-average period over which this amount is expected to be recognized is 21.8 months.  The Company’s stock option plans allow the Company to issue new shares from shares authorized for issuance or repurchase shares on the open market to complete employee stock option exercises.  The Company does not currently plan to repurchase shares.

 

The Company’s Incentive Plan allows for grants of nonvested restricted stock.  On March 26, 2007, the Company made its initial grant of shares of nonvested stock to key employees and directors.  Shares granted to employees vest in equal installments over four years from the date of grant.  Shares issued to directors vest one year from the date of grant.  The Company records compensation expense on a straight line basis over the requisite service period of the stock recipients which is equal to the vesting period of the stock.  Total compensation cost is calculated based on the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant times the number of shares granted.  In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 123R, the fair market value of the shares is equal to the closing market price on the date of grant.  Using an estimated forfeiture rate equal to 8.5%, the Company expects to recognize $1,651,000 in future compensation expense from the grants of nonvested stock over the requisite service period.  Accordingly, $565,000 in compensation expense arising from nonvested stock grants was recognized during fiscal 2007.

 

F-19



 

A summary of activity related to nonvested share awards during the year ended February 2, 2008 is as follows:

 

 

 

Nonvested Shares

 

Wtd. Avg. Grant
Date Fair Value

 

Outstanding at beginning of year

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

69,866

 

40.42

 

Forfeited

 

(5,395

)

43.70

 

Outstanding at February 2, 2008

 

64,471

 

$

40.14

 

 

(9)           Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company leases its stores under operating leases, which generally have an initial term of five years with a five-year renewal option. Future minimum rental payments under operating leases having noncancelable lease terms at February 2, 2008 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal Year:

 

 

 

2008

 

$

18,703

 

2009

 

17,105

 

2010

 

13,566

 

2011

 

9,872

 

2012

 

5,021

 

Thereafter

 

1,664

 

Total future minimum lease payments

 

$

65,931

 

 

Certain operating leases provide for fixed monthly rentals, while others provide for rentals computed as a percentage of net sales and others provide for a combination of both fixed monthly rentals and rentals computed as a percentage of net sales. Rental expense was $19.3 million, $16.0 million and $12.2 million for fiscal 2007, fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005 (including $1.9 million, $2.5 million and $1.7 million of percentage rent), respectively.

 

The Company has executed various agreements with a construction company and certain other providers of services and equipment, which commit the Company to the expansion of its distribution center in Darlington, South Carolina and the later implementation of a new warehouse management system. The distribution center is expected to be substantially completed in the spring of 2008, while implementation of the new warehouse management system is anticipated in the last half of 2008. The aggregate cost of the projects is presently expected to approximate $15 million. Through February 2, 2008, approximately $7.2 million of the cost of these projects has been incurred and paid.

 

The Company issues purchases orders for goods it intends to obtain in future periods.  As of February 2, 2008 the Company had $64.4 million in outstanding purchase orders with vendors for goods that will be delivered in fiscal 2008.

 

The Company from time to time is involved in various legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of its business, including claims by customers, employees or former employees.  While litigation is subject to uncertainties and the outcome of any litigated matter is not predictable, the Company is not aware of any legal proceedings pending or threatened against it that it expects to have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

(10)         Related Party Transactions

 

The Company was a party to an Amended and Restated Management Consultant Agreement (the “Consulting Agreement”), effective as of February 1, 2004 with Hampshire Management Company LLC (the “Consultant”), which was an affiliate of Hampshire Equity Partners II, L.P., the Company’s largest stockholder at that time, pursuant to which the Consultant provided the Company with certain consulting services related to, but not limited to, financial affairs, relationships with lenders, stockholders and other third-party associates or affiliates, and the expansion of the Company’s business. In connection with the IPO (see note 8), the parties terminated the Consulting Agreement and the Company paid the Consultant a one time termination fee of $1.2 million in the second quarter of fiscal 2005. Included in operating expenses are the termination fees and management fees of zero for fiscal 2007 and 2006 and $1.3 million for fiscal 2005.

 

F-20



 

(11)         Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

The following table summarizes the allowance for inventory shrinkage (in thousands):

 

 

 

Inventory
Shrinkage
Reserve

 

Balance at January 29, 2005

 

$

1,222

 

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

4,339

 

Deductions

 

(3,655

)

Balance at January 28, 2006

 

1,906

 

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

6,398

 

Deductions

 

(6,035

)

Balance at February 3, 2007

 

2,269

 

Additions charged to costs and expenses

 

8,374

 

Deductions

 

(8,109

)

Balance at February 2, 2008

 

$

2,534

 

 

Additions charged to costs and expenses are the result of estimated inventory shrinkage. Deductions represent actual inventory shrinkage incurred from physical inventories taken during the fiscal year.

 

(12)         Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

 

 

Feb. 2
2008

 

Nov. 3
2007

 

Aug. 4
2007

 

May 5,
2007

 

Feb. 3,
2007

 

Oct. 28
2006

 

July 29,
2006

 

Apr. 29,
2006

 

 

 

(in thousands, except per share and share amounts)

 

Statement of Income Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net sales

 

$

134,571

 

$

99,542

 

$

96,826

 

$

106,576

 

$

126,788

 

$

87,118

 

$

76,330

 

$

91,681

 

Cost of sales

 

87,145

 

65,026

 

61,734

 

64,878

 

78,104

 

54,155

 

48,112

 

55,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

47,426

 

34,516

 

35,092

 

41,698

 

48,684

 

32,963

 

28,218

 

36,309

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

32,892

 

32,455

 

31,548

 

30,575

 

31,374

 

27,139

 

24,649

 

24,373

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,488

 

3,265

 

3,009

 

2,821

 

2,363

 

2,063

 

2,031

 

1,869

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

11,046

 

(1,204

)

535

 

8,302

 

14,947

 

3,761

 

1,538

 

10,067

 

Interest expense (income), net

 

(583

)

(415

)

(415

)

(501

)

(395

)

(385

)

(418

)

(457

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

11,629

 

(789

)

950

 

8,803

 

15,342

 

4,146

 

1,956

 

10,524

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

3,251

 

(276

)

323

 

3,081

 

4,970

 

1,337

 

680

 

3,630

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

8,378

 

$

(513

)

$

627

 

$

5,722

 

$

10,372

 

$

2,809

 

$

1,276

 

$

6,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (1)

 

$

0.60

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.05

 

$

0.41

 

$

0.75

 

$

0.21

 

$

0.09

 

$

0.51

 

Diluted (1)

 

$

0.59

 

$

(0.04

)

$

0.04

 

$

0.40

 

$

0.73

 

$

0.20

 

$

0.09

 

$

0.49

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net income (loss) per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

14,033,557

 

14,022,549

 

13,922,130

 

13,807,134

 

13,739,277

 

13,583,263

 

13,516,060

 

13,447,612

 

Diluted

 

14,187,870

 

14,022,549

 

14,249,255

 

14,218,634

 

14,199,753

 

14,082,634

 

14,099,565

 

14,070,152

 


(1)             Net income (loss) per share is computed independently for each period presented. As a result, the total of the per share earnings for the four quarters may not equal the annual amount.

 

F-21


 

Exhibit 10.24

 

EMAIL CORRESPONDENCE:

 

From: Ed Anderson

To: Ivy Council

Sent: Wed, 6 Dec 2006 5:46 pm
Subject: offer letter

 

Ivy,

 

On behalf of Citi Trends, Inc. I am pleased to offer you the position of Senior Vice President of Human Resources. Your projected start date will be January 1, 2007. The terms of your employment are as follows:

 

Your starting base pay will be $200,000 annually paid $7,692 bi-weekly. Your next salary review will be in March 2008.

 

Annual bonus 35% of base salary. Payment of $35,000 in March 2006 and guarantee of at least $70,000 for 2007 bonus to be paid in March 2008.

 

2,000 stock options (4 yr vesting, 10 yr life) will be granted when you come to work; additionally, in March 2007 $60,000 of restricted stock (4 yr vesting) will be granted to you. After 2007, stock will be granted to you commensurate with your position with the company.

 

Vacation 3 weeks.

 

Relocation: The company will pay the cost of moving household goods to Savannah. The company will provide temporary living for up to 6 months. Additionally, the company will reimburse you the selling commission on the sale of your California residence at a maximum of 6% of the selling cost with a cap of $100,000. This reimbursement of selling commission is good for up to 36 months from date of hire. Note that the company will not gross-up any of these relocation costs that may be taxable to you.

 

You will be eligible in accordance with company policy to participate in all benefit programs including vacation and holiday time, medical, dental, disability, life and 401k plans. The company reserves the right to terminate benefit programs at its sole discretion.

 

You will be an employee at will, meaning you or Citi Trends can terminate your employment with or without cause. This offer of employment is contingent on your passing a drug test and criminal background check.

 

We look forward to having you on the Citi Trends team. It is an exciting time for our company and you have the skills to help us achieve our potential. 

Sincerely,

Ed Anderson 
Chairman and CEO 

Please email your acceptance back to me.

 


Exhibit 10.25

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

Dated as of March 26, 2008

 

among

 

CITI TRENDS, INC.,

as the Borrower,

 

THE SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER IDENTIFIED HEREIN,

as the Guarantors

 

and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1

1.01

 

Defined Terms

1

1.02

 

Other Interpretive Provisions

15

1.03

 

Accounting Terms

15

1.04

 

Rounding

16

1.05

 

Times of Day

16

1.06

 

Letter of Credit Amounts

16

ARTICLE II

 

THE COMMITMENT AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

16

2.01

 

Revolving Loans

16

2.02

 

Borrowings and Conversions

16

2.03

 

Letters of Credit

17

2.04

 

Prepayments

21

2.05

 

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitment

22

2.06

 

Repayment of Loans

22

2.07

 

Interest

22

2.08

 

Commitment Fee

22

2.9

 

Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate

23

2.10

 

Evidence of Debt

23

2.11

 

Payments Generally

23

ARTICLE III

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

24

3.01

 

Taxes

24

3.02

 

Illegality

25

3.03

 

Inability to Determine Rates

25

3.04

 

Survival

25

ARTICLE IV

GUARANTY

26

4.01

 

The Guaranty

26

4.02

 

Obligations Unconditional

26

4.03

 

Reinstatement

27

4.04

 

Certain Additional Waivers

27

4.05

 

Remedies

27

4.06

 

Rights of Contribution

27

4.07

 

Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee

28

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

28

5.01

 

Conditions of Effectiveness

28

5.02

 

Conditions to all Credit Extensions

29

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

29

6.01

 

Existence, Qualification and Power

29

6.02

 

Authorization; No Contravention

29

6.03

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

30

6.04

 

Binding Effect

30

6.05

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

30

6.06

 

Litigation

30

6.07

 

No Default

31

6.08

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

31

6.09

 

Environmental Compliance

31

 



 

6.10

 

Insurance

31

6.11

 

Taxes

32

6.12

 

ERISA Compliance

32

6.13

 

Subsidiaries

32

6.14

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

32

6.15

 

Disclosure

33

6.16

 

Compliance with Laws

33

6.17

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

33

6.18

 

Solvency

33

6.19

 

Labor Matters

33

ARTICLE VII   AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

33

7.01

 

Financial Statements

33

7.02

 

Certificates; Other Information

34

7.03

 

Notices

35

7.04

 

Payment of Taxes

35

7.05

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

35

7.06

 

Maintenance of Properties

36

7.07

 

Maintenance of Insurance

36

7.08

 

Compliance with Laws

36

7.09

 

Books and Records

36

7.10

 

Inspection Rights

36

7.11

 

Use of Proceeds

37

7.12

 

Additional Domestic Subsidiaries

37

7.13

 

Maintenace of Primary Depository Accounts with the Lender

37

ARTICLE VIII   NEGATIVE COVENANTS

37

8.01

 

Liens

37

8.02

 

Investments

38

8.03

 

Indebtedness

39

8.04

 

Fundamental Changes

39

8.05

 

Dispositions

39

8.06

 

Restricted Payments

40

8.07

 

Change in Nature of Business

40

8.08

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

40

8.09

 

Burdensome Agreements

40

8.10

 

Use of Proceeds

41

8.11

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

41

8.12

 

Organization Documents; Fiscal Year

41

8.13

 

Ownership of Subsidiaries

41

8.14

 

Sale Leasebacks

41

ARTICLE IX    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

41

9.01

 

Events of Default

41

9.02

 

Remedies Upon Event of Default

43

9.03

 

Application of Funds

44

ARTICLE X      MISCELLANEOUS

44

10.01

 

Amendments, Etc.

44

10.02

 

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications

44

 



 

10.03

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement

45

10.04

 

Expenses; Indemnity; and Damage Waiver

45

10.05

 

Payments Set Aside

46

10.06

 

Successors and Assigns

46

10.07

 

Set-off

47

10.08

 

Interest Rate Limitation

47

10.09

 

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

47

10.10

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

48

10.11

 

Severability

48

10.12

 

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

48

10.13

 

Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury

49

10.14

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

49

10.15

 

Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents

49

10.16

 

USA PATRIOT Act

50

 



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of March 26, 2008 among CITI TRENDS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Guarantors (defined herein), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. (the “Lender”).

 

The Borrower has requested that the Lender provide $35 million in credit facilities for the purposes set forth herein, and the Lender is willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.01         Defined Terms.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

Acquisition”, by any Person, means the acquisition by such Person, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of either (a) all or any substantial portion of the property of, or a line of business or division of, another Person or (b) at least a majority of the Voting Stock of another Person, in each case whether or not involving a merger or consolidation with such other Person.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agreement” means this Credit Agreement.

 

Applicable Period” means the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended for which the Borrower has delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b).

 

Applicable Rate” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Lender pursuant to Section 7.02(b):

 

Pricing
Tier

 

Consolidated Leverage
Ratio

 

Eurodollar Rate
Loans

 

Base Rate
Loans

 

Commitment
Fee

 

1

 

<2.25:1.0

 

1.00

%

0.00

%

0.15

%

2

 

> 2.25:1.0 but < 3.00:1.0

 

1.25

%

0.25

%

0.15

%

3

 

> 3.00:1.0

 

1.50

%

0.50

%

0.15

%

 

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(b); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Tier 3 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered.  The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the first Business Day immediately following the

 



 

date a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.02(b) for the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2008 shall be determined based upon Pricing Tier 3.

 

Attributable Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease, (c) in respect of any Securitization Transaction, the outstanding principal amount of such financing, after taking into account reserve accounts and making appropriate adjustments, determined by the Lender in its reasonable judgment and (d) in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the present value (discounted in accordance with GAAP at the debt rate implied in the applicable lease) of the obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the term of such lease).

 

Audited Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended February 3, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, including the notes thereto.

 

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earliest of (a) the Maturity Date, (b) the date of termination of the Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 2.05 and (c) the date of termination of the commitment of the Lender to make Loans and L/C Credit Extensions pursuant to Section 9.02.

 

Bank of America” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

 

Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its “prime rate”.  The “prime rate” is a rate set by Bank of America based upon various factors including Bank of America’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate.  Any change in the “prime rate” announced by Bank of America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

 

Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

 

Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Lender’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property by that Person as lessee which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f).

 

2



 

Cash Equivalents” means, as at any date, (a) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months from the date of acquisition, (b) Dollar denominated time deposits and certificates of deposit of (i) the Lender, (ii) any domestic commercial bank of recognized standing having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 or (iii) any bank whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least A-1 or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “Approved Bank”), in each case with maturities of not more than 270 days from the date of acquisition, (c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by any Approved Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate notes issued by, or guaranteed by, any domestic corporation rated A-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or P-1 (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s and maturing or having an auction date within six months of the date of acquisition, (d) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including the Lender) or recognized securities dealer having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States in which such Person shall have a perfected first priority security interest (subject to no other Liens) and having, on the date of purchase thereof, a fair market value of at least 100% of the amount of the repurchase obligations and (e) investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 which are administered by reputable financial institutions having capital of at least $500,000,000 and the portfolios of which are limited to Investments of the character described in the foregoing subdivisions (a) through (d).

 

Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

 

Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

 

(a)           any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all Equity Interests that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of twenty five percent (25%) or more of the Equity Interests of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);

 

(b)           during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause

 

3



 

(ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or

 

(c)           any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Borrower, or control over the Voting Stock of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such Voting Stock that such Person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) representing twenty five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of such Voting Stock.

 

Closing Date” means the date hereof.

 

Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit 7.02.

 

Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (a) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (b) the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable for such period, (c) the amount of depreciation and amortization expense for such period and (d) rent and lease expense for such period.

 

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means Funded Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

 

Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the sum of (i) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, plus (ii) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Leases that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP plus (iii) the implied interest component of Synthetic Leases with respect to such period.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date plus (ii) eight (8) times the rent and lease expense for the Applicable Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the Applicable Period.

 

Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income (excluding extraordinary gains) for that period.

 

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise.  “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Person shall be deemed to be Controlled by another Person if such other Person possesses, directly or indirectly, power to vote 5% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors, managing general partners or the equivalent.

 

4



 

Credit Extension” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

 

Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Rate, if any, applicable to Base Rate Loans plus (iii) 2% per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

 

Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction and any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith, but excluding (a) the disposition of inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) the disposition of machinery and equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business; (c) the disposition of property to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided, that if the transferor of such property is a Loan Party then the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party; (d) the disposition of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof; (e) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (f) the sale or disposition of Cash Equivalents for fair market value; and (g) any Involuntary Disposition.

 

Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any state of the United States or the District of Columbia.

 

Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, local, foreign and other applicable statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

5



 

Equity Interests”  means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Internal Revenue Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Internal Revenue Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code).

 

ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Eurodollar Daily Floating Base Rate” means, for any day with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Lender from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to such day for Dollar deposits (for delivery on such day) with a term equivalent to one month.  If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Daily Floating Base Rate” for such day shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on such day in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term equivalent to one month would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to such day.

 

Eurodollar Rate” means a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Daily Floating Base Rate as adjusted from time to time in the Lender’s sole discretion for reserve requirements, deposit insurance assessment rates and other regulatory costs.

 

Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

 

Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01.

 

6



 

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of the Lender, in which the Lender’s Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, and (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the Internal Revenue Code to be withheld from amounts payable to the Lender if the Lender has failed to comply with clause (A) of Section 3.01(e)(ii).

 

Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Lender.

 

Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

 

FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Funded Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)           all obligations for borrowed money, whether current or long-term (including the Obligations) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

 

(b)           all purchase money indebtedness;

 

(c)           the principal portion of all obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business);

 

(d)           the maximum amount available to be drawn under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

 

(e)           all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 60 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created);

 

(f)            the Attributable Indebtedness of Capital Leases, Sale and Leaseback Transactions, Synthetic Leases and Securitization Transactions;

 

(g)           all obligations to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment prior to the Maturity Date in respect of any Equity Interests, valued, in the case of a

 

7



 

redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends;

 

(h)           all Funded Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Funded Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on, or payable out of the proceeds of production from, property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed;

 

(i)            all Guarantees with respect to Funded Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (h) above of another Person; and

 

(j)            all Funded Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (i) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer, except to the extent that Funded Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, consistently applied and as in effect from time to time.

 

Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien).  The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith.  The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantors” means each Domestic Subsidiary identified as a “Guarantor” on the signature pages hereto and each other Person that joins as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.12 or otherwise, together with their successors and permitted assigns.

 

8



 

Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Honor Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.03(c).

 

Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

 

(a)           all Funded Indebtedness;

 

(b)           the Swap Termination Value of any Swap Contract;

 

(c)           all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) and (b) above of any other Person; and

 

(d)           all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.

 

Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.04(b).

 

Interim Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2007, including balance sheets and statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows.

 

Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 

Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, or (c) an Acquisition.  For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less the amount of any return of capital of such Investment.

 

Involuntary Disposition” means any loss of, damage to or destruction of, or any condemnation or other taking for public use of, any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

 

9



 

Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Lender and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the Lender and relating to such Letter of Credit.

 

Joinder Agreement” means a joinder agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit 7.12 executed and delivered by a Domestic Subsidiary in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12.

 

Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing of Revolving Loans.

 

L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

 

L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings.  For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06.  For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

 

Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Lender’s Office” means the Lender’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 11.02 or such other address or account as the Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower.

 

Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.

 

Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a letter of credit in the form from time to time in use by the Lender.

 

Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

 

Letter of Credit Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) the Revolving Commitment and (b) $5 million.  The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Commitment.

 

Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance

 

10



 

on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Loan” means an extension of credit by the Lender to the Borrower under Article II in the form of a Revolving Loan.

 

Loan Documents” means this Agreement, each Note, each Issuer Document and each Joinder Agreement.

 

Loan Notice” means a notice of (a) a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case pursuant to Section 2.02, which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.02.

 

Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

 

Material Domestic Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that owns any property or engages in any business.

 

 “Material Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness arising under the Loan Documents and Indebtedness arising under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount.

 

Maturity Date” means March 25, 2009; provided, however, that, in each case, if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Note” has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.

 

Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding. The foregoing shall also include (a) all obligations under any Swap Contract between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the Lender or Affiliate of the Lender and

 

11



 

(b) all obligations under any Treasury Management Agreement between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and the Lender or Affiliate of the Lender.

 

Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.06(c).

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

 

Permitted Liens” means, at any time, Liens in respect of property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary permitted to exist at such time pursuant to the terms of Section 8.01.

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty-day notice period has been waived.

 

Request for Credit Extension” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Loans, a Loan Notice, and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application.

 

Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer or chief financial officer of a Loan Party.  Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be

 

12



 

conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interests of any Person, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interests or on account of any return of capital to such Person’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof), or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any such dividend or other distribution or payment.

 

Revolving Commitment” means the obligation of the Lender to make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 and L/C Credit Extensions for the account of the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.02 in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount.

 

Revolving Commitment Amount” means the amount of the Revolving Commitment in effect from time to time.  The amount of the Revolving Commitment in effect on the Closing Date is $35 million.

 

Revolving Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a).

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means, with respect to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any Person whereby the Borrower or such Subsidiary shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and thereafter rent or lease such property or other property that it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property being sold or transferred.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

Securitization Transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any financing transaction or series of financing transactions (including factoring arrangements) pursuant to which such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person may sell, convey or otherwise transfer, or grant a security interest in, accounts, payments, receivables, rights to future lease payments or residuals or similar rights to payment to a special purpose subsidiary or affiliate of such Person.

 

Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of Voting Stock is at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward

 

13



 

foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

 

Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s) and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include the Lender or any Affiliate of the Lender).

 

Synthetic Lease” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing arrangement whereby the arrangement is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease or does not otherwise appear on a balance sheet under GAAP.

 

Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Threshold Amount” means $5 million.

 

Treasury Management Agreement” means any agreement governing the provision of treasury or cash management services, including deposit accounts, overnight draft, credit or debit cards, funds transfer, automated clearinghouse, zero balance accounts, returned check concentration, controlled disbursement, lockbox, account reconciliation and reporting and trade finance services and other cash management services.

 

                Type” means, with respect to any Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

 

Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding that Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code for the applicable plan year.

 

United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.

 

Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c).

 

Voting Stockmeans, with respect to any Person, Equity Interests issued by such Person the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to vote for the election of directors

 

14



 

(or persons performing similar functions) of such Person, even though the right so to vote has been suspended by the happening of such a contingency.

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Person 100% of whose Equity Interests are at the time owned by the Borrower directly or indirectly through other Persons 100% of whose Equity Interests are at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Borrower.

 

1.02         Other Interpretive Provisions.

 

With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)           The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined.  Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.”  The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”  Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

(b)           In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including.”

 

(c)           Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

1.03         Accounting Terms.

 

(a)           Generally.  Except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein, all accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP.

 

15



 

(b)           Changes in GAAP.  If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Lender shall so request, the Lender and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

1.04         Rounding.

 

Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1.05         Times of Day.

 

Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

 

1.06         Letter of Credit Amounts.

 

Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE COMMITMENT AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

2.01         Revolving Loans.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “Revolving Loan”) to the Borrower in Dollars from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period; provided, however, that after giving effect to any Borrowing of Revolving Loans, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and all L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount.  Subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01, prepay under Section 2.04, and reborrow under this Section 2.01.  Revolving Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

 

2.02         Borrowings and Conversions.

 

Each Borrowing and each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Lender, which may be given by telephone.  Each such notice must be received by the Lender not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of such Borrowing or conversion, as applicable.  Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02 must be confirmed

 

16



 

promptly by delivery to the Lender of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Each Borrowing and each conversion shall be in a principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof.  Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Borrowing or a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing or conversion, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed or converted, and (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted.  If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of a Loan in a Loan Notice, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans.  Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.01), the Lender shall make the requested Loan available to the Borrower either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Lender by the Borrower; provided, however, that if, on the date of a Borrowing of Revolving Loans, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such L/C Borrowings and second, shall be made available to the Borrower as provided above.

 

2.03         Letters of Credit.

 

(a)           The Letter of Credit Commitment.

 

(i)            Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (B) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and all L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount and (y) the outstanding principal amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit.  Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence.  Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

 

(ii)           The Lender shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

 

(A)          subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension;

 

(B)           the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Maturity Date;

 

(C)           any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Lender

 

17



 

with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Lender in good faith deems material to it;

 

(D)          the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Lender; and

 

(E)           such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars.

 

(iii)          The Lender shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Lender would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(b)           Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

 

(i)            Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the Lender in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.  Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the Lender not later than 11:00 a.m. at least five (5) Business Days (or such later date and time as the Lender may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be.  In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as the Lender may require.  In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the Lender may require.  Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the Lender such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the Lender may require.

 

                (ii)           Unless one or more applicable conditions contained in Article V shall not be satisfied on the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lender shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Lender’s usual and customary business practices.

 

                (iii)          If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such

 

18



 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Lender to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued.  Unless otherwise directed by the Lender, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Lender for any such extension.  The Lender shall not be under any obligation to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit if (A) the Lender has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.03(a) or otherwise), or (B) one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not then satisfied.

 

(iv)          If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the Lender may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that permits the automatic reinstatement of all or a portion of the stated amount thereof after any drawing thereunder (each, an “Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit”).  Unless otherwise directed by the Lender, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the Lender to permit such reinstatement.  If such Auto-Reinstatement Letter of Credit permits the Lender to decline to reinstate all or any portion of the stated amount thereof after a drawing thereunder by giving notice of such non-reinstatement within a specified number of days after such drawing (the “Non-Reinstatement Deadline”), the Lender shall not be under any obligation to permit such reinstatement if one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 5.02 is not then satisfied (treating such reinstatement as an L/C Credit Extension for purposes of this clause).

 

(v)           Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Lender will also deliver to the Borrower a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

(c)           Drawings and Reimbursements.  Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of drawing under such Letter of Credit, the Lender shall notify the Borrower thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the Lender under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the Lender by such time, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice) and provided that, after giving effect to such Borrowing, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and all L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Revolving Commitment Amount. Any notice given by the Lender pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.  With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 5.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the Lender an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

 

(d)           Obligations Absolute.  The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Lender for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

 

19



 

(i)            any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)           the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iii)          any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

 

(iv)          any payment by the Lender under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Lender under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

 

(v)           any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will immediately notify the Lender.  The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Lender and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

(e)           Role of Lender.  The Borrower agrees that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Lender shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by such Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.  The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement.  None of the Lender, any of its Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of the Lender shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(d); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the Lender, and the Lender may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the Lender’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Lender’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit.  In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the

 

20



 

Lender shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(f)            Cash Collateral.  If, as of the Maturity Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then outstanding principal amount of all L/C Obligations.  Section 9.02(c) sets forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder.  For purposes of this Section 2.03 and Section 9.02(c), “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Lender, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.  Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings.  The Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing.  Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Bank of America.

 

(g)           Applicability of ISP.  Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Lender and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

 

(h)           Letter of Credit Fees; Documentary and Processing Charges.  The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a Letter of Credit fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate for Eurodollar Rate Loans times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit.  For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06.  Letter of Credit Fees shall be (i) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit and on the Maturity Date and (ii) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears.  If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.  In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the Lender the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the Lender relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect.  Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

 

(i)            Conflict with Issuer Documents.  In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

(j)            Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries.  Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Borrower shall be obligated to reimburse the Lender hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit.  The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Borrower, and that the Borrower’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

2.04         Prepayments.

 

(a)           Voluntary Prepayments of Loans.  The Borrower may, upon notice from the Borrower to the Lender, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Revolving Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (A) such notice must be received by the Lender not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of prepayment; and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a principal amount of

 

21



 

$100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof (or, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding).  Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid.  If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

 

(b)           Mandatory Prepayments of Loans.  If for any reason the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Loans and all L/C Obligations at any time exceeds the Revolving Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Revolving Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess.

 

2.05         Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitment.

 

The Borrower may, upon notice to the Lender, terminate the Revolving Commitment, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Commitment to an amount not less than the outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Lender not later than 12:00 noon five (5) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction and (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or any whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  All fees accrued with respect thereto until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Commitment shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

 

2.06         Repayment of Loans.

 

The Borrower shall repay to the Lender on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding on such date.

 

2.07         Interest.

 

(a)           Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)           While any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

(c)           Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar month and at such other times as may be specified herein.  Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

2.08         Commitment Fee.

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a commitment fee equal to the product of (i) the Applicable Rate times (ii) the actual daily amount by which the Revolving Commitment exceeds the outstanding principal amount of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article V is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears.

 

22



 

2.9           Computation of Interest and Fees; Retroactive Adjustments of Applicable Rate.

 

(a)           All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by Bank of America’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year).  Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.11(a), bear interest for one day.  Each determination by the Lender of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

(b)           If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of the Borrower or for any other reason, (i) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as calculated by the Borrower as of any applicable date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio would have resulted in higher pricing for such period, the Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay to the Lender promptly on demand by the Lender (or, after the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by the Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period.  This paragraph shall not limit the rights of the Lender under any other provision of this Agreement.  The Borrower’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the termination of the Revolving Commitment and the repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

2.10         Evidence of Debt.

 

The Credit Extensions shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions and the interest and payments thereon.  Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations.  Upon the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender a promissory note, which shall evidence the Loans in addition to such accounts or records.  Such promissory note shall be in the form of Exhibit 2.10 (a “Note”).  The Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

 

2.11         Payments Generally.

 

(a)           General.  All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Lender at the Lender’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein.  All payments received by the Lender after 2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected on computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

23



 

(b)           Funding Source.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate the Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by the Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

ARTICLE III

 

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

3.01         Taxes.

 

(a)           Payments Free of Taxes – Obligation to Withhold: Payments on Account of Taxes.  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Loan Parties hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require the Loan Parties to withhold or deduct any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined by the Loan Parties upon the basis of the information and documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below and, to the extent that the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum payable by the Loan Parties shall be increased as necessary so that after any required withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been made.

 

(b)           Payment of Other Taxes.  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Loan Parties shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

 

(c)           Tax Indemnifications.  Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, the Loan Parties shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by the Loan Parties or paid by the Lender and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)           Evidence of Payments.  Upon request by the Lender, after any payment of Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, as provided in this Section 3.01, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of any return required by Law to report such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

(e)           Status of Lender: Tax Documentation.

 

(i)            The Lender shall deliver to the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower to determine (A) whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) the Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in

 

24



 

respect of all payments to be made to the Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish the Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.

 

(ii)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the Borrower is a resident for tax purposes in the United States, the Lender, if it is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code, shall deliver to the Borrower executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not the Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and

 

(iii)          The Lender shall promptly (A) notify the Borrower of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and (B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable judgment of the Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of the Lender’s Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that the Borrower make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to the Lender.

 

3.02         Illegality.

 

If the Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for the Lender or the Lender’s Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of the Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by the Lender to the Borrower, any obligation of the Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from the Lender, prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans.  Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

3.03         Inability to Determine Rates.

 

If the Lender determines that for any reason in connection with any request for a Borrowing of, or conversion to, a Eurodollar Rate Loan that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount of such Loan and for a one month interest period, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Daily Floating Base Rate or (c) the Eurodollar Rate does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lender of funding such Loan, the Lender will promptly notify the Borrower.  Thereafter, the obligation of the Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Lender revokes such notice.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of or conversion to Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

3.04         Survival.

 

All of the Loan Parties’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Revolving Commitment and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

25



 

ARTICLE IV

 

GUARANTY

 

4.01         The Guaranty.

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally guarantees to the Lender and each other holder of the Obligations as hereinafter provided, as primary obligor and not as surety, the prompt payment of the Obligations in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) strictly in accordance with the terms thereof.  The Guarantors hereby further agree that if any of the Obligations are not paid in full when due (whether at stated maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise), the Guarantors will, jointly and severally, promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, as a mandatory prepayment, by acceleration, as a mandatory cash collateralization or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein or in any other of the Loan Documents or any other document relating to the Obligations, the obligations of each Guarantor under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not exceed an aggregate amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such obligations subject to avoidance under applicable Debtor Relief Laws.

 

4.02         Obligations Unconditional.

 

The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 4.01 are joint and several, absolute and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or other documents relating to the Obligations, or any substitution, release, impairment or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 4.02 that the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances.  Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation, indemnity, reimbursement or contribution against the Borrower or any other Guarantor for amounts paid under this Article IV until such time as the Obligations have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitment has expired or terminated.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

 

(a)           at any time or from time to time, without notice to any Guarantor, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

(b)           any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of any of the Loan Documents, or any other document relating to the Obligations shall be done or omitted;

 

(c)           the maturity of any of the Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under any of the Loan Documents, or any other document relating to the Obligations shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released, impaired or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with;

 

26



 

(d)           any Lien granted to, or in favor of, the Lender or any other holder of the Obligations as security for any of the Obligations shall fail to attach or be perfected; or

 

(e)           any of the Obligations shall be determined to be void or voidable (including, without limitation, for the benefit of any creditor of any Guarantor) or shall be subordinated to the claims of any Person (including, without limitation, any creditor of any Guarantor).

 

With respect to its obligations hereunder, each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Lender or any other holder of the Obligations exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Person under any of the Loan Documents, or any other document relating to the Obligations, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations.

 

4.03         Reinstatement.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Article IV shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Person in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, and each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify the Lender and each other holder of the Obligations on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees, charges and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Lender or such holder of the Obligations in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

4.04         Certain Additional Waivers.

 

Each Guarantor agrees that such Guarantor shall have no right of recourse to security for the Obligations, except through the exercise of rights of subrogation pursuant to Section 4.02 and through the exercise of rights of contribution pursuant to Section 4.06.

 

4.05         Remedies.

 

                The Guarantors agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, as between the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Lender and the other holders of the Obligations, on the other hand, the Obligations may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as specified in Section 9.02 (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances specified in Section 9.02) for purposes of Section 4.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or preventing the Obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against any other Person and that, in the event of such declaration (or the Obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), the Obligations (whether or not due and payable by any other Person) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 4.01.

 

4.06         Rights of Contribution.

 

The Guarantors agree among themselves that, in connection with payments made hereunder, each Guarantor shall have contribution rights against the other Guarantors as permitted under applicable law.  Such contribution rights shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to the obligations of such Guarantors under the Loan Documents and no Guarantor shall exercise such rights of contribution until all Obligations have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitment has terminated.

 

27



 

4.07         Guarantee of Payment; Continuing Guarantee.

 

The guarantee in this Article IV is a guaranty of payment and not of collection, is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.

 

ARTICLE V

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

 

5.01         Conditions of Effectiveness.

 

This Agreement shall be effective upon satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           Loan Documents.  Receipt by the Lender of executed counterparts of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party.

 

(b)           Opinions of Counsel. Receipt by the Lender of favorable opinions of legal counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Lender, dated as of the Closing Date, and in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

 

(c)           Organization Documents, Resolutions, Etc.  Receipt by the Lender of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender:

 

(i)            copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party which shall be (A) in the case of the articles or certificate of incorporation or formation, certified to be true and complete as of a recent date by the appropriate Governmental Authority of the state or other jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, and (B) in all cases, certified by a secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party to be true and correct as of the Closing Date;

 

(ii)           such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Lender may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party; and

 

(iii)          such documents and certifications as the Lender may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in its state of organization or formation and the state of its principal place of business.

 

(d)           Upfront Fee.  Payment by the Borrower to the Lender of an upfront fee of $15,000.

 

(e)           Termination of Existing Revolving Credit Facility.  The Borrower shall have terminated and repaid in full its existing revolving credit facility with Bank of America.

 

28



 

5.02         Conditions to all Credit Extensions.

 

The obligation of the Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           The representations and warranties of each Loan Party contained in Article VI or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date.

 

(b)           No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

(c)           The Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

 

                Each Request for Credit Extension submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 5.02(a) and (b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Loan Parties represent and warrant to the Lender that:

 

6.01         Existence, Qualification and Power.

 

The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.02         Authorization; No Contravention.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any contract, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or  (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law.

 

29



 

6.03         Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.

 

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document other than those that have already been obtained and are in full force and effect.

 

6.04         Binding Effect.

 

Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto.  Each Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms.

 

6.05         Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

 

(a)           The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein.

 

(b)           The Interim Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

 

(c)           From the date of the Audited Financial Statements to and including the Closing Date, there has been no Disposition or any Involuntary Disposition of any material part of the business or property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and no purchase or other acquisition by any of them of any business or property (including any Equity Interests of any other Person) material in relation to the consolidated financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in each case, which is not reflected in the foregoing financial statements or in the notes thereto and has not otherwise been disclosed in writing to the Lender on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(d)           The financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a) and (b) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except as may otherwise be permitted under Section 7.01(a) and (b)) and present fairly (on the basis disclosed in the footnotes to such financial statements) the consolidated and, in the case of annual financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a), consolidating, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby.

 

(e)           Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.06         Litigation.

 

There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in

 

30



 

arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any Subsidiary or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or (b) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.07         No Default.

 

                                                No Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6.08         Ownership of Property; Liens.

 

Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

6.09         Environmental Compliance.

 

(a)           The Borrower and its Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Loan Parties have reasonably concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)           None of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary is listed or proposed for listing on the National Priorities List under CERCLA or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

(c)           Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is undertaking, and has not completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in material liability to the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

6.10         Insurance.

 

The properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

 

31



 

6.11         Taxes.

 

The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP.  There is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is party to any tax sharing agreement.

 

6.12         ERISA Compliance.

 

(a)           Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Internal Revenue Code and other federal or state Laws.  Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification.  Each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

 

(b)           There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           (i)  No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) no Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) no Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) no Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

6.13         Subsidiaries.

 

Set forth on Schedule 6.13 is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of each Subsidiary, together with (i) jurisdiction of organization and (ii) percentage of outstanding shares of each class owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.  The outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

6.14         Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

 

(a)           The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock.

 

32



 

(b)           None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

6.15         Disclosure.

 

No report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

 

6.16         Compliance with Laws.

 

Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary is in compliance with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.17         Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

 

The Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the legal right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses.

 

6.18         Solvency.

 

The Loan Parties are Solvent on a consolidated basis.

 

6.19         Labor Matters.

 

There are no collective bargaining agreements or Multiemployer Plans covering the employees of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as of the Closing Date and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has suffered any strikes, walkouts, work stoppages or other material labor difficulty in the five years preceding the Closing Date.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

                So long as the Revolving Commitment is outstanding, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Loan Parties shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

 

7.01         Financial Statements.

 

Deliver to the Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender:

 

33



 

(a)           as soon as available, but in any event within ninety days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and

 

(b)           as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, setting forth in comparative form, as applicable, the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

 

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 7.02(c), the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in clauses (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

 

7.02         Certificates; Other Information.

 

Deliver to the Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender:

 

(a)           concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.01(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

(b)           at least 30 days prior to the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008, an annual business plan and budget of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries containing, among other things, pro forma financial statements for each quarter of the next fiscal year;

 

(c)           promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the equityholders of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any Subsidiary may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Lender pursuant hereto;

 

34



 

(d)           promptly after any request by the Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

 

(e)           promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; and

 

(f)            promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(a) or (b) or Section 7.02(c) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lender has access.

 

7.03         Notices.

 

(a)           Promptly notify the Lender of the occurrence of any Default.

 

(b)           Promptly notify the Lender of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           Promptly notify the Lender of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.03 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.04         Payment of Taxes

 

Pay and discharge, as the same shall become due and payable, all its tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary.

 

7.05         Preservation of Existence, Etc.

 

(a)           Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.04 or 8.05.

 

(b)           Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 8.04 or 8.05.

 

35



 

(c)           Take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d)           Preserve or renew all of its IP Rights, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.06         Maintenance of Properties.

 

(a)           Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

 

(b)           Make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)           Use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities.

 

7.07         Maintenance of Insurance.

 

                Maintain in full force and effect insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

 

7.08         Compliance with Laws.

 

Comply with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.09         Books and Records.

 

(a)           Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

(b)           Maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

7.10         Inspection Rights.

 

Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided, however, that when an Event of Default exists the Lender (or any of its

 

36



 

representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

 

7.11         Use of Proceeds.

 

Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to finance short term working capital and other lawful corporate purposes, provided that in no event shall the proceeds of the Credit Extensions be used in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

 

7.12         Additional Domestic Subsidiaries.

 

Within thirty (30) days after any Person becomes a Material Domestic Subsidiary, cause such Person to (i) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Lender a Joinder Agreement or such other documents as the Lender shall deem appropriate for such purpose, and (ii) upon the request of the Lender, deliver to the Lender such Organization Documents, resolutions and favorable opinions of counsel, all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

7.13         Maintenace of Primary Depository Accounts with the Lender.

 

Maintain the primary deposit accounts of the Borrower and its Domestic Subsidiaries with the Lender.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as the Revolving Commitment is outstanding, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, without the consent of the Lender:

 

8.01         Liens.

 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

 

(a)           Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

(b)           Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that the property covered thereby is not changed;

 

(c)           Liens (other than Liens imposed under ERISA) for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

 

(d)           statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and suppliers and other Liens imposed by law or pursuant to customary reservations or retentions of title arising in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Liens secure only amounts not yet due and payable or, if due and payable, are unfiled and no other action has been taken to enforce the same or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings for which adequate reserves determined in accordance with GAAP have been established;

 

37



 

(e)           pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

 

(f)            deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)           easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

 

(h)           Liens securing judgments for the payment of money (or appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments) not constituting an Event of Default under Section 9.01(h);

 

(i)            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03(d); provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) such Liens attach to such property concurrently with or within ninety days after the acquisition thereof;

 

(j)            leases or subleases granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

 

(k)           any interest of title of a lessor under, and Liens arising from UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings, registrations or agreements in foreign jurisdictions) relating to, leases permitted by this Agreement;

 

(l)            Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements permitted under Section 8.02;

 

(m)          normal and customary rights of setoff upon deposits of cash in favor of banks or other depository institutions; and

 

(n)           Liens of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Internal Revenue Code on items in the course of collection.

 

8.02         Investments.

 

Make any Investments, except:

 

(a)           Investments in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(b)           Investments existing as of the Closing Date and set forth in Schedule 8.02;

 

(c)           Investments in any Person that is a Loan Party prior to giving effect to such Investment;

 

(d)           Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary;

 

38



 

(e)           Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

 

(f)            Guarantees permitted by Section 8.03; and

 

(g)           Investments of a nature not contemplated in the foregoing clauses in an amount not to exceed $5 million in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

 

8.03         Indebtedness.

 

Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

 

(a)           Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;

 

(b)           intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.02;

 

(c)           obligations (contingent or otherwise) existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view;” and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;

 

(d)           purchase money Indebtedness (including obligations in respect of Capital Leases or Synthetic Leases) hereafter incurred to finance the purchase of fixed assets, and renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness shall not exceed $10 million at any one time outstanding; and (ii) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not exceed the purchase price of the asset(s) financed; and

 

(e)           Guarantees with respect to Indebtedness permitted under this Section 8.03.

 

8.04         Fundamental Changes.

 

Merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate with or into another Person, except that so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, (a) the Borrower may merge or consolidate with any of its Subsidiaries provided that the Borrower is the continuing or surviving Person, (b) any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with any other Subsidiary provided that if a Loan Party is a party to such transaction, the continuing or surviving Person is a Loan Party, and (c) any Subsidiary may dissolve, liquidate or wind up its affairs at any time provided that such dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as applicable, could not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.05         Dispositions.

 

Make any Disposition unless (i) the consideration paid in connection therewith shall be cash or Cash Equivalents paid contemporaneous with consummation of the transaction and shall be in an amount not less than the fair market value of the property disposed of, (ii) if such transaction is a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, such transaction is not prohibited by the terms of Section 8.15, (iii) such transaction does not

 

39



 

involve the sale or other disposition of a minority equity interest in any Subsidiary, (iv) such transaction does not involve a sale or other disposition of receivables other than receivables owned by or attributable to other property concurrently being disposed of in a transaction otherwise permitted under this Section 8.05, and (v) the aggregate net book value of all of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in all such transactions in any fiscal year of the Borrower shall not exceed $5 million.

 

8.06         Restricted Payments.

 

Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:

 

(a)           each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Persons that own Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made; and

 

(b)           the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in common Equity Interests of such Person.

 

8.07         Change in Nature of Business.

 

Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.

 

8.08         Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.

 

Enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of transactions with any officer, director or Affiliate of such Person other than (a) transactions between Loan Parties, (b) intercompany transactions expressly permitted by Section 8.02, Section 8.03, Section 8.04, Section 8.05 or Section 8.06, (c) normal and reasonable compensation and reimbursement of expenses of officers and directors and (d) except as otherwise specifically limited in this Agreement, other transactions which are entered into in the ordinary course of such Person’s business on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to such Person as would be obtainable by it in a comparable arms-length transaction with a Person other than an officer, director or Affiliate.

 

8.09         Burdensome Agreements.

 

Enter into, or permit to exist, any contract, agreement or other instrument that (a) encumbers or restricts the ability of any such Person to (i) make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party, (ii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to any Loan Party, (iii) make loans or advances to any Loan Party, (iv) transfer any of its property to any Loan Party, (v) pledge its property pursuant to the Loan Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof or (vi) act as a Loan Party pursuant to the Loan Documents or any renewals, refinancings, exchanges, refundings or extension thereof, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (i)-(v) above) for (1) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (2) any document or instrument governing Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 8.03(d), provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets constructed or acquired in connection therewith, (3) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien, provided that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien or (4) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the sale of any property permitted under Section 8.05 pending the consummation of such sale, or (b) requires the grant of any security in any property for any obligation if such property is given as security for the Obligations.

 

40



 

8.10         Use of Proceeds.

 

Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

 

8.11         Consolidated Leverage Ratio.

 

Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be greater than 3.75:1.0.

 

8.12         Organization Documents; Fiscal Year.

 

(a)           Amend, modify or change its Organization Documents in a manner adverse to the Lender.

 

(b)           Change its fiscal year.

 

8.13         Ownership of Subsidiaries.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, (a) permit any Person (other than the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary) to own any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary, except to qualify directors where required by applicable law or to satisfy other requirements of applicable law with respect to the ownership of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries, or (b) permit any Subsidiary to issue or have outstanding any shares of preferred Equity Interests.

 

8.14         Sale Leasebacks.

 

Enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

9.01         Events of Default.

 

Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)           Non-Payment.  Any Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

 

(b)           Specific Covenants.

 

(i)            Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.01 or 7.02 and such failure continues for five days; or

 

41



 

(ii)           Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 7.03(a), 7.05(a), 7.10, 7.11 or 7.13 or Article VIII; or

 

(c)           Other Defaults.  Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty days; or

 

(d)           Representations and Warranties.  Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or

 

(e)           Cross-Default.  (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Material Indebtedness; (ii) the Borrower or any Subsidiary fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Material Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Material Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Material Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; or (iii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Borrower or such Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

 

(f)            Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.  The Borrower or any Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

(g)           Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment.  (i) The Borrower or any Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within thirty days after its issue or levy; or

 

(h)           Judgments.  There is entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent

 

42



 

third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of the claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of ten consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

(i)            ERISA.  (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

 

(j)            Invalidity of Loan Documents.  Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

 

(k)           Change of Control.  There occurs any Change of Control; or

 

9.02         Remedies Upon Event of Default.

 

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Lender may take any or all of the following actions:

 

(a)           declare the commitment of the Lender to make Loans and L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

 

(b)           declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

 

(c)           require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then outstanding principal amount thereof); and

 

(d)           exercise all rights and remedies available to it under the Loan Documents;

 

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of the Lender to make Loans and L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Lender.

 

43



 

9.03         Application of Funds.

 

After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 9.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Lender in the order determined by the Lender.

 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.01       Amendments, Etc.

 

No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Lender and the applicable Loan Party, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

 

10.02       Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

 

(a)           Notices Generally.  Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier to the address or telecopier number specified for the applicable Person on Schedule 10.02, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the telephone number specified for the applicable Person on Schedule 10.02.  Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient).  Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

(b)           Electronic Communications.  Notices and other communications to the Lender hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Lender.  Unless the Lender otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(c)           Change of Address, Etc.  Each of the Borrower and the Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto.

 

44



 

(d)           Reliance by Lender.  The Lender shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of any Loan Party even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof.  The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Lender and its Related Parties from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of a Loan Party.  All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Lender may be recorded by the Lender, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

10.03       No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies; Enforcement.

 

No failure by the Lender to exercise, and no delay by any the Lender in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder  or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

10.04       Expenses; Indemnity; and Damage Waiver.

 

(a)           Costs and Expenses.  The Loan Parties shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Lender) in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Lender) in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

 

(b)           Indemnification by the Loan Parties.  The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Lender and its Related Parties (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), and shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee from all fees and time charges and disbursements for attorneys who may be employees of any Indemnitee, incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by any Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the

 

45



 

foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the any Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)           Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party shall assert, and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof.  No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(d)           Payments.  All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

(e)           Survival.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Revolving Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

10.05       Payments Set Aside.

 

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Lender, or the Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred

 

10.06       Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)           The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or thereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender.

 

(b)           The Lender may at any time assign, or sell participations in, all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to any Person without the consent of the Borrower.  The Borrower agrees that each Person acquiring a participation shall (x) be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 to the same extent as if it were the Lender and had acquired its interest by

 

46



 

assignment and (y) to the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.08 as though it were the Lender

 

(c)           Certain Pledges.  The Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under the Note) to secure obligations of the Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lender as a party hereto.

 

10.07       Set-off.

 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Lender, irrespective of whether or not the Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of the Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness.  The rights of the Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Lender or its Affiliates may have.  The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

10.08       Interest Rate Limitation.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”).  If the Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower.  In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

10.09       Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.

 

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof.  Except as provided in Section 5.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Lender and when the Lender shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

47



 

10.10       Survival of Representations and Warranties.

 

All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.  Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

 

10.11       Severability.

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions.  The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

10.12       Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

 

(a)           GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA.

 

(b)           SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION.  EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF GEORGIA SITTING IN FULTON COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF GEORGIA (ATLANTA DIVISION), AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH GEORGIA STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

(c)           WAIVER OF VENUE.  EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY

 

48



 

IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(d)           SERVICE OF PROCESS.  EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02.  NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

10.13       Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury.

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

10.14       No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.

 

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Loan Parties acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Lender are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Lender, on the other hand, (B) each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Loan Parties is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) the Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) the Lender has no obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Lender and its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and Lender has no obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates.  To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each of the Loan Parties hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

10.15       Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents.

 

The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be

 

49



 

deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

10.16       USA PATRIOT Act.

 

The Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub.
L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.  The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Lender provide all documentation and other information that the Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

50



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Credit Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWER:

CITI TRENDS, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Bruce Smith

 

Name:

Bruce Smith

 

Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

LENDER:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Stephen Price

 

Name:

Stephen Price

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 


EXHIBIT 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders

 

Citi Trends, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-125611) on Form S-8, registration statement (No. 333-141908) on Form S-3, and registration statement (No. 333-146150) on Form S-3 of Citi Trends, Inc. of our reports dated April 14, 2008, with respect to the balance sheets of Citi Trends, Inc. as of February 2, 2008 and February 3, 2007, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2008,  February 3, 2007, and January 28, 2006, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2008, which reports appear in the February 2, 2008 annual report on Form 10-K of Citi Trends, Inc.

 

Our report refers to the Company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FAS 109,” as of February 4, 2007, the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” as of January 29, 2006, and the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations” as of January 28, 2006.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

April 14, 2008

Jacksonville, Florida

Certified Public Accountants

 


 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13a-14
PROMULGATED UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, R. Edward Anderson, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citi Trends, Inc.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

(a)                                  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)                                 designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)                                  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)                                 disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)                                  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)                                 any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 16, 2008

 

 

 

/s/ R. Edward Anderson

 

R. Edward Anderson

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 17 CFR 240.13a-14
PROMULGATED UNDER SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Bruce D. Smith, certify that:

 

1.                                       I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Citi Trends, Inc.;

 

2.                                       Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.                                       Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:

 

(a)                                  designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)                                 designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)                                  evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)                                 disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.                                       The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)                                  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)                                 Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: April 16, 2008

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce D. Smith

 

Bruce D. Smith

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 


 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this Annual Report of Citi Trends, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending February 2, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, R. Edward Anderson, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.                                       The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date:  April 16, 2008

 

 

 

/s/ R. Edward Anderson

 

R. Edward Anderson

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Citi Trends, Inc. and will be retained by Citi Trends, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.


 

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with this Annual Report of Citi Trends, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ending February 2, 2008 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bruce D. Smith, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

1.                                       The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2.                                       The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: April 16, 2008

 

 

 

/s/ Bruce D. Smith

 

Bruce D. Smith

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Citi Trends, Inc. and will be retained by Citi Trends, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.